Import less v371

45 files changed, 2943 insertions, 1376 deletions

diff --git a/contrib/less/Makefile.aut b/contrib/less/Makefile.aut
index ef0053d..78adb0b 100644
--- a/contrib/less/Makefile.aut
+++ b/contrib/less/Makefile.aut
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # Makefile for authoring less.
 
-EMAIL = marknu@flash.net
-HOMEPAGE = http://www.flash.net/~marknu/less
+EMAIL = markn@greenwoodsoftware.com
+HOMEPAGE = http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less
 SHELL = /bin/sh
 RCS = rcs
 NROFF = nroff -man
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ DISTFILES_W = \
 DISTFILES = \
 	${SRC} regexp.c regexp.h \
 	COPYING INSTALL LICENSE Makefile.in Makefile.aut NEWS README \
-	configure configure.in acconfig.h lesskey.c lessecho.c \
+	configure configure.in acconfig.h lesskey.c lessecho.c scrsize.c \
 	cmd.h funcs.h lglob.h less.h lesskey.h option.h pckeys.h position.h \
 	install.sh defines.h.in defines.h.top mkinstalldirs \
 	less.nro lesskey.nro less.man lesskey.man less.hlp \
diff --git a/contrib/less/Makefile.in b/contrib/less/Makefile.in
index 32b858d..57f6281 100644
--- a/contrib/less/Makefile.in
+++ b/contrib/less/Makefile.in
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
 bindir = @bindir@
 binprefix = 
 
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+
 mandir = @mandir@
 manext = 1
 manprefix = 
@@ -35,7 +37,7 @@ SHELL = /bin/sh
 # This rule allows us to supply the necessary -D options
 # in addition to whatever the user asks for.
 .c.o:
-	${CC} -I. ${CFLAGS_COMPILE_ONLY} -DSYSDIR=\"${bindir}\" ${CPPFLAGS} ${CFLAGS} $<
+	${CC} -I. ${CFLAGS_COMPILE_ONLY} -DBINDIR=\"${bindir}\" -DSYSDIR=\"${sysconfdir}\" ${CPPFLAGS} ${CFLAGS} $<
 
 OBJ =	main.${O} screen.${O} brac.${O} ch.${O} charset.${O} cmdbuf.${O} \
 	command.${O} decode.${O} edit.${O} filename.${O} forwback.${O} \
diff --git a/contrib/less/Makefile.o2e b/contrib/less/Makefile.o2e
index 4fc3eef..b0b9db2 100644
--- a/contrib/less/Makefile.o2e
+++ b/contrib/less/Makefile.o2e
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@
 #### Start of system configuration section. ####
 
 CC = gcc -Zomf
-CFLAGS = -I. -O
-LDFLAGS = -s -Zcrtdll -Zstack 512
+CFLAGS = -I. -O2 -Wall
+LDFLAGS = -s -Zcrtdll
 LIBS = -ltermcap
 O = obj
 
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ OBJ =	main.${O} screen.${O} brac.${O} ch.${O} charset.${O} cmdbuf.${O} \
 	output.${O} position.${O} prompt.${O} search.${O} signal.${O} \
 	tags.${O} ttyin.${O} version.${O}  regexp.${O}
 
-all:    less.exe lesskey.exe
+all:    less.exe lesskey.exe scrsize.exe
 
 less.exe: ${OBJ}
 	${CC} ${OBJ} -o $@ ${LDFLAGS} ${LIBS}
@@ -33,6 +33,9 @@ less.exe: ${OBJ}
 lesskey.exe: lesskey.${O} version.${O}
 	${CC} lesskey.${O} version.${O} -o $@ ${LDFLAGS}
 
+scrsize.exe: scrsize.c
+	${CC} ${CFLAGS} -D__ST_MT_ERRNO__ -s -Zmtd -lX11 $<
+
 ${OBJ}: defines.h less.h
 
 defines.h: defines.o2
diff --git a/contrib/less/NEWS b/contrib/less/NEWS
index dd06ed0..4bfbfae 100644
--- a/contrib/less/NEWS
+++ b/contrib/less/NEWS
@@ -4,15 +4,59 @@
 ======================================================================
 
   For the latest news about less, see the "less" Web page:
-      http://www.flash.net/~marknu/less
+      http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less
   You can also download the latest version of less from there.
 
   To report bugs, suggestions or comments, send email to 
-  bug-less@gnu.org or marknu@flash.net.
+  bug-less@gnu.org or markn@greenwoodsoftware.com.
 
 ======================================================================
 
 
+	Major changes between "less" versions 358 and 371
+
+* -x option can now specify multiple variable-width tab stops.
+
+* -X option no longer disables keypad initialization.
+  New option --no-keypad disables keypad initialization.
+
+* New commands t and T step through multiple tag matches.
+  Added support for "global(1)" tags
+  (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html).
+
+* New prompt style set by option -Pw defines the message printed 
+  while waiting for data in the F command.
+
+* System-wide lesskey file now defaults to sysless in etc directory 
+  instead of .sysless in bin directory.
+  Use "configure --sysconfdir=..." to change it.
+  (For backwards compatibility, .sysless in bin is still recognized.)
+
+* Pressing RightArrow or LeftArrow while entering a number now shifts
+  the display N columns rather than editing the number itself.
+
+* Status column (enabled with -J) now shows search results.
+
+* Windows version sets window title.
+
+* Default LESSCHARSET for MS-DOS versions is now "dos".
+
+* Improved performance in reading very large files.
+
+* Eliminated some dependencies on file offets being 32 bits.
+
+* Fixed problems when viewing files with very long lines.
+
+* Fixed overstriking in UTF-8 mode, and overstriking tabs.
+
+* Improved horizontal shifting of text using -R option with ANSI color.
+
+* Some fixes for EBCDIC systems.
+
+* Some fixes for OS/2 systems.
+
+======================================================================
+
 	Major changes between "less" versions 354 and 358
 
 * Add -J (--status-column) option to display a status column.
diff --git a/contrib/less/README b/contrib/less/README
index 9719b1f..99b29ec 100644
--- a/contrib/less/README
+++ b/contrib/less/README
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
-                            Less, version 358
+                            Less, version 371
 
-    This is the distribution of less, version 358, released 08 Jul 2000.
+    This is the distribution of less, version 371, released 26 Dec 2001.
     This program is part of the GNU project (http://www.gnu.org).
 
     This program is free software.  You may redistribute it and/or
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
     or
     2. The Less License, in the file LICENSE.
 
-    Please report any problems to bug-less@gnu.org or marknu@flash.net.
-    See http://www.flash.net/~marknu/less for the latest info.
+    Please report any problems to bug-less@gnu.org or markn@greenwoodsoftware.com.
+    See http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less for the latest info.
     You may also contact the author at:
           Mark Nudelman
           Greenwood Software
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ INSTALLATION (Unix systems only):
    bindir and/or mandir to the appropriate directories.
 
 If you have any problems building or running "less", suggestions, 
-complaints, etc., you may mail to the author at marknu@flash.net.
+complaints, etc., you may mail to the author at markn@greenwoodsoftware.com.
 
 Note to hackers: comments noting possible improvements are enclosed
 in double curly brackets {{ like this }}.
@@ -191,8 +191,10 @@ INSTALLATION (OS/2 systems only,
    somewhere in a directory listed in the PATH or INIT environment 
    variables.
 
-8. When satisfied that it works, you may wish to install less.exe and
-   lesskey.exe in a directory which is included in your PATH.
+8. When satisfied that it works, you may wish to install less.exe,
+   lesskey.exe and scrsize.exe in a directory which is included in 
+   your PATH.  scrsize.exe is required only if you use a terminal
+   emulator such as xterm or rxvt.
 
 
 
@@ -224,3 +226,10 @@ INSTALLATION (OS-9 systems only,
    See step 6 of the Unix installation instructions for details
    on how to change the default installation directories.
 
+=======================================================================
+ACKNOWLEDGMENTS:
+  Some versions of the less distribution are packaged using 
+  Info-ZIP's compression utility.
+  Info-ZIP's software is free and can be obtained as source 
+  code or executables from various anonymous-ftp sites,
+  including ftp.uu.net:/pub/archiving/zip.
diff --git a/contrib/less/ch.c b/contrib/less/ch.c
index ad85be0..3aaa152 100644
--- a/contrib/less/ch.c
+++ b/contrib/less/ch.c
@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
 #include <windows.h>
 #endif
 
+typedef POSITION BLOCKNUM;
+
 public int ignore_eoi;
 
 /*
@@ -29,34 +31,38 @@ public int ignore_eoi;
  * in order from most- to least-recently used.
  * The circular list is anchored by the file state "thisfile".
  */
-#define LBUFSIZE	1024
+#define	LBUFSIZE	8192
 struct buf {
-	struct buf *next, *prev;  /* Must be first to match struct filestate */
-	long block;
+	struct buf *next, *prev;
+	struct buf *hnext, *hprev;
+	BLOCKNUM block;
 	unsigned int datasize;
 	unsigned char data[LBUFSIZE];
 };
 
+struct buflist {
+	/* -- Following members must match struct buf */
+	struct buf *buf_next, *buf_prev;
+	struct buf *buf_hnext, *buf_hprev;
+};
+
 /*
  * The file state is maintained in a filestate structure.
  * A pointer to the filestate is kept in the ifile structure.
  */
+#define	BUFHASH_SIZE	64
 struct filestate {
-	/* -- Following members must match struct buf */
 	struct buf *buf_next, *buf_prev;
-	long buf_block;
-	/* -- End of struct buf copy */
+	struct buflist hashtbl[BUFHASH_SIZE];
 	int file;
 	int flags;
 	POSITION fpos;
 	int nbufs;
-	long block;
+	BLOCKNUM block;
 	unsigned int offset;
 	POSITION fsize;
 };
 
-
-#define	END_OF_CHAIN	((struct buf *)thisfile)
 #define	ch_bufhead	thisfile->buf_next
 #define	ch_buftail	thisfile->buf_prev
 #define	ch_nbufs	thisfile->nbufs
@@ -67,6 +73,24 @@ struct filestate {
 #define	ch_flags	thisfile->flags
 #define	ch_file		thisfile->file
 
+#define	END_OF_CHAIN	((struct buf *)&thisfile->buf_next)
+#define	END_OF_HCHAIN(h) ((struct buf *)&thisfile->hashtbl[h])
+#define BUFHASH(blk)	((blk) & (BUFHASH_SIZE-1))
+
+#define	FOR_BUFS_IN_CHAIN(h,bp) \
+	for (bp = thisfile->hashtbl[h].buf_hnext;  \
+	     bp != END_OF_HCHAIN(h);  bp = bp->hnext)
+
+#define	HASH_RM(bp) \
+	(bp)->hnext->hprev = (bp)->hprev; \
+	(bp)->hprev->hnext = (bp)->hnext;
+
+#define	HASH_INS(bp,h) \
+	(bp)->hnext = thisfile->hashtbl[h].buf_hnext; \
+	(bp)->hprev = END_OF_HCHAIN(h); \
+	thisfile->hashtbl[h].buf_hnext->hprev = (bp); \
+	thisfile->hashtbl[h].buf_hnext = (bp);
+
 static struct filestate *thisfile;
 static int ch_ungotchar = -1;
 
@@ -100,6 +124,7 @@ fch_get()
 	register struct buf *bp;
 	register int n;
 	register int slept;
+	register int h;
 	POSITION pos;
 	POSITION len;
 
@@ -108,7 +133,9 @@ fch_get()
 	/*
 	 * Look for a buffer holding the desired block.
 	 */
-	for (bp = ch_bufhead;  bp != END_OF_CHAIN;  bp = bp->next)
+	h = BUFHASH(ch_block);
+	FOR_BUFS_IN_CHAIN(h, bp)
+	{
 		if (bp->block == ch_block)
 		{
 			if (ch_offset >= bp->datasize)
@@ -118,6 +145,7 @@ fch_get()
 				goto read_more;
 			goto found;
 		}
+	}
 	/*
 	 * Block is not in a buffer.  
 	 * Take the least recently used buffer 
@@ -125,7 +153,7 @@ fch_get()
 	 * If the LRU buffer has data in it, 
 	 * then maybe allocate a new buffer.
 	 */
-	if (ch_buftail == END_OF_CHAIN || ch_buftail->block != (long)(-1))
+	if (ch_buftail == END_OF_CHAIN || ch_buftail->block != -1)
 	{
 		/*
 		 * There is no empty buffer to use.
@@ -142,8 +170,10 @@ fch_get()
 				autobuf = OPT_OFF;
 	}
 	bp = ch_buftail;
+	HASH_RM(bp); /* Remove from old hash chain. */
 	bp->block = ch_block;
 	bp->datasize = 0;
+	HASH_INS(bp, h); /* Insert into new hash chain. */
 
     read_more:
 	pos = (ch_block * LBUFSIZE) + bp->datasize;
@@ -230,7 +260,11 @@ fch_get()
 			 * Wait a while, then try again.
 			 */
 			if (!slept)
-				ierror("Waiting for data", NULL_PARG);
+			{
+				PARG parg;
+				parg.p_string = wait_message();
+				ierror("%s", &parg);
+			}
 #if !MSDOS_COMPILER
 	 		sleep(1);
 #else
@@ -253,11 +287,16 @@ fch_get()
 		 */
 		bp->next->prev = bp->prev;
 		bp->prev->next = bp->next;
-
 		bp->next = ch_bufhead;
 		bp->prev = END_OF_CHAIN;
 		ch_bufhead->prev = bp;
 		ch_bufhead = bp;
+
+		/*
+		 * Move to head of hash chain too.
+		 */
+		HASH_RM(bp);
+		HASH_INS(bp, h);
 	}
 
 	if (ch_offset >= bp->datasize)
@@ -318,8 +357,8 @@ sync_logfile()
 {
 	register struct buf *bp;
 	int warned = FALSE;
-	long block;
-	long nblocks;
+	BLOCKNUM block;
+	BLOCKNUM nblocks;
 
 	nblocks = (ch_fpos + LBUFSIZE - 1) / LBUFSIZE;
 	for (block = 0;  block < nblocks;  block++)
@@ -352,13 +391,17 @@ sync_logfile()
  */
 	static int
 buffered(block)
-	long block;
+	BLOCKNUM block;
 {
 	register struct buf *bp;
+	register int h;
 
-	for (bp = ch_bufhead;  bp != END_OF_CHAIN;  bp = bp->next)
+	h = BUFHASH(block);
+	FOR_BUFS_IN_CHAIN(h, bp)
+	{
 		if (bp->block == block)
 			return (TRUE);
+	}
 	return (FALSE);
 }
 
@@ -370,7 +413,7 @@ buffered(block)
 ch_seek(pos)
 	register POSITION pos;
 {
-	long new_block;
+	BLOCKNUM new_block;
 	POSITION len;
 
 	len = ch_length();
@@ -470,12 +513,10 @@ ch_length()
 /*
  * Return the current position in the file.
  */
-#define	tellpos(blk,off)   ((POSITION)((((long)(blk)) * LBUFSIZE) + (off)))
-
 	public POSITION
 ch_tell()
 {
-	return (tellpos(ch_block, ch_offset));
+	return (ch_block * LBUFSIZE) + ch_offset;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -570,7 +611,7 @@ ch_flush()
 	 * Initialize all the buffers.
 	 */
 	for (bp = ch_bufhead;  bp != END_OF_CHAIN;  bp = bp->next)
-		bp->block = (long)(-1);
+		bp->block = -1;
 
 	/*
 	 * Figure out the size of the file, if we can.
@@ -626,15 +667,31 @@ ch_addbuf()
 	if (bp == NULL)
 		return (1);
 	ch_nbufs++;
-	bp->block = (long)(-1);
+	bp->block = -1;
 	bp->next = END_OF_CHAIN;
 	bp->prev = ch_buftail;
 	ch_buftail->next = bp;
 	ch_buftail = bp;
+	HASH_INS(bp, 0);
 	return (0);
 }
 
 /*
+ *
+ */
+	static void
+init_hashtbl()
+{
+	register int h;
+
+	for (h = 0;  h < BUFHASH_SIZE;  h++)
+	{
+		thisfile->hashtbl[h].buf_hnext = END_OF_HCHAIN(h);
+		thisfile->hashtbl[h].buf_hprev = END_OF_HCHAIN(h);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
  * Delete all buffers for this file.
  */
 	static void
@@ -650,6 +707,7 @@ ch_delbufs()
 		free(bp);
 	}
 	ch_nbufs = 0;
+	init_hashtbl();
 }
 
 /*
@@ -693,7 +751,6 @@ ch_init(f, flags)
 		thisfile = (struct filestate *) 
 				calloc(1, sizeof(struct filestate));
 		thisfile->buf_next = thisfile->buf_prev = END_OF_CHAIN;
-		thisfile->buf_block = (long)(-1);
 		thisfile->nbufs = 0;
 		thisfile->flags = 0;
 		thisfile->fpos = 0;
@@ -702,6 +759,7 @@ ch_init(f, flags)
 		thisfile->file = -1;
 		thisfile->fsize = NULL_POSITION;
 		ch_flags = flags;
+		init_hashtbl();
 		/*
 		 * Try to seek; set CH_CANSEEK if it works.
 		 */
diff --git a/contrib/less/charset.c b/contrib/less/charset.c
index efb26a8..bc96cf3 100644
--- a/contrib/less/charset.c
+++ b/contrib/less/charset.c
@@ -32,16 +32,25 @@ struct charset {
 	char *desc;
 } charsets[] = {
 	{ "ascii",	NULL,       "8bcccbcc18b95.b" },
-	{ "dos",	NULL,       "8bcccbcc12bc5b95.b." },
+	{ "dos",	NULL,       "8bcccbcc12bc5b223.b" },
 	{ "ebcdic",	NULL,       "5bc6bcc7bcc41b.9b7.9b5.b..8b6.10b6.b9.7b9.8b8.17b3.3b9.7b9.8b8.6b10.b.b.b." },
+	{ "IBM-1047",	NULL,       "4cbcbc3b9cbccbccbb4c6bcc5b3cbbc4bc4bccbc191.b" },
 	{ "iso8859",	NULL,       "8bcccbcc18b95.33b." },
 	{ "koi8-r",	NULL,       "8bcccbcc18b95.b128." },
-	{ "latin1",	NULL,       "8bcccbcc18b95.33b." },
 	{ "next",	NULL,       "8bcccbcc18b95.bb125.bb" },
 	{ "utf-8",	&utf_mode,  "8bcccbcc18b." },
 	{ NULL, NULL, NULL }
 };
 
+struct cs_alias {
+	char *name;
+	char *oname;
+} cs_aliases[] = {
+	{ "latin1",	"iso8859" },
+	{ "latin9",	"iso8859" },
+	{ NULL, NULL }
+};
+
 #define	IS_BINARY_CHAR	01
 #define	IS_CONTROL_CHAR	02
 
@@ -126,10 +135,21 @@ icharset(name)
 	register char *name;
 {
 	register struct charset *p;
+	register struct cs_alias *a;
 
 	if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
 		return (0);
 
+	/* First see if the name is an alias. */
+	for (a = cs_aliases;  a->name != NULL;  a++)
+	{
+		if (strcmp(name, a->name) == 0)
+		{
+			name = a->oname;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
 	for (p = charsets;  p->name != NULL;  p++)
 	{
 		if (strcmp(name, p->name) == 0)
@@ -242,11 +262,18 @@ init_charset()
 	 */
 	ilocale();
 #else
+#if MSDOS_COMPILER
+	/*
+	 * Default to "dos".
+	 */
+	(void) icharset("dos");
+#else
 	/*
 	 * Default to "latin1".
 	 */
 	(void) icharset("latin1");
 #endif
+#endif
 }
 
 /*
@@ -286,8 +313,22 @@ prchar(c)
 		sprintf(buf, "%c", c);
 	else if (c == ESC)
 		sprintf(buf, "ESC");
-	else if (c < 128 && !control_char(c ^ 0100))
-		sprintf(buf, "^%c", c ^ 0100);
+#if IS_EBCDIC_HOST
+	else if (!binary_char(c) && c < 64)
+		sprintf(buf, "^%c",
+		/*
+		 * This array roughly inverts CONTROL() #defined in less.h,
+	 	 * and should be kept in sync with CONTROL() and IBM-1047.
+ 	 	 */
+		"@ABC.I.?...KLMNO"
+		"PQRS.JH.XY.."
+		"\\]^_"
+		"......W[.....EFG"
+		"..V....D....TU.Z"[c]);
+#else
+  	else if (c < 128 && !control_char(c ^ 0100))
+  		sprintf(buf, "^%c", c ^ 0100);
+#endif
 	else
 		sprintf(buf, binfmt, c);
 	return (buf);
diff --git a/contrib/less/cmd.h b/contrib/less/cmd.h
index 1619b80..0fe097b 100644
--- a/contrib/less/cmd.h
+++ b/contrib/less/cmd.h
@@ -63,6 +63,8 @@
 #define	A_F_FOREVER		50
 #define	A_GOPOS			51
 #define	A_REMOVE_FILE		52
+#define	A_NEXT_TAG		53
+#define	A_PREV_TAG		54
 
 #define	A_INVALID		100
 #define	A_NOACTION		101
@@ -103,6 +105,7 @@
 #define	EC_PEEK		01
 #define	EC_NOHISTORY	02
 #define	EC_NOCOMPLETE	04
+#define	EC_NORIGHTLEFT	010
 
 /* Environment variable stuff */
 #define	EV_OK		01
diff --git a/contrib/less/cmdbuf.c b/contrib/less/cmdbuf.c
index 3aed8ae..e6862b8 100644
--- a/contrib/less/cmdbuf.c
+++ b/contrib/less/cmdbuf.c
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ cmd_repaint(old_cp)
 	for ( ;  *cp != '\0';  cp++)
 	{
 		p = prchar(*cp);
-		if (cmd_col + strlen(p) >= sc_width)
+		if (cmd_col + (int)strlen(p) >= sc_width)
 			break;
 		putstr(p);
 		cmd_col += strlen(p);
@@ -255,9 +255,9 @@ cmd_right()
 		return (CC_OK);
 	}
 	p = prchar(*cp);
-	if (cmd_col + strlen(p) >= sc_width)
+	if (cmd_col + (int)strlen(p) >= sc_width)
 		cmd_lshift();
-	else if (cmd_col + strlen(p) == sc_width - 1 && cp[1] != '\0')
+	else if (cmd_col + (int)strlen(p) == sc_width - 1 && cp[1] != '\0')
 		cmd_lshift();
 	cp++;
 	putstr(p);
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ cmd_left()
 		return (CC_OK);
 	}
 	p = prchar(cp[-1]);
-	if (cmd_col < prompt_col + strlen(p))
+	if (cmd_col < prompt_col + (int)strlen(p))
 		cmd_rshift();
 	cp--;
 	cmd_col -= strlen(p);
diff --git a/contrib/less/command.c b/contrib/less/command.c
index d898ed1..44c9d96 100644
--- a/contrib/less/command.c
+++ b/contrib/less/command.c
@@ -14,6 +14,9 @@
  */
 
 #include "less.h"
+#if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
 #include "position.h"
 #include "option.h"
 #include "cmd.h"
@@ -214,6 +217,8 @@ exec_mca()
 		if (secure)
 			break;
 		edit_list(cbuf);
+		/* If tag structure is loaded then clean it up. */
+		cleantags();
 		break;
 #endif
 #if SHELL_ESCAPE
@@ -284,7 +289,7 @@ mca_char(c)
 		 * Terminated by a non-digit.
 		 */
 		if ((c < '0' || c > '9') && 
-		  editchar(c, EC_PEEK|EC_NOHISTORY|EC_NOCOMPLETE) == A_INVALID)
+		  editchar(c, EC_PEEK|EC_NOHISTORY|EC_NOCOMPLETE|EC_NORIGHTLEFT) == A_INVALID)
 		{
 			/*
 			 * Not part of the number.
@@ -608,6 +613,13 @@ prompt()
 		quit(QUIT_OK);
 #endif
 
+#if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
+	/* 
+	 * In Win32, display the file name in the window title.
+	 */
+	if (!(ch_getflags() & CH_HELPFILE))
+		SetConsoleTitle(pr_expand("Less?f - %f.", 0));
+#endif
 	/*
 	 * Select the proper prompt and display it.
 	 */
@@ -832,6 +844,7 @@ commands()
 	PARG parg;
 	IFILE old_ifile;
 	IFILE new_ifile;
+	char *tagfile;
 
 	search_type = SRCH_FORW;
 	wscroll = (sc_height + 1) / 2;
@@ -1349,6 +1362,11 @@ commands()
 			/*
 			 * Examine next file.
 			 */
+			if (ntags())
+			{
+				error("No next file", NULL_PARG);
+				break;
+			}
 			if (number <= 0)
 				number = 1;
 			if (edit_next(number))
@@ -1365,6 +1383,11 @@ commands()
 			/*
 			 * Examine previous file.
 			 */
+			if (ntags())
+			{
+				error("No previous file", NULL_PARG);
+				break;
+			}
 			if (number <= 0)
 				number = 1;
 			if (edit_prev(number))
@@ -1374,6 +1397,40 @@ commands()
 			}
 			break;
 
+		case A_NEXT_TAG:
+			if (number <= 0)
+				number = 1;
+			tagfile = nexttag(number);
+			if (tagfile == NULL)
+			{
+				error("No next tag", NULL_PARG);
+				break;
+			}
+			if (edit(tagfile) == 0)
+			{
+				POSITION pos = tagsearch();
+				if (pos != NULL_POSITION)
+					jump_loc(pos, jump_sline);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case A_PREV_TAG:
+			if (number <= 0)
+				number = 1;
+			tagfile = prevtag(number);
+			if (tagfile == NULL)
+			{
+				error("No previous tag", NULL_PARG);
+				break;
+			}
+			if (edit(tagfile) == 0)
+			{
+				POSITION pos = tagsearch();
+				if (pos != NULL_POSITION)
+					jump_loc(pos, jump_sline);
+			}
+			break;
+
 		case A_INDEX_FILE:
 			/*
 			 * Examine a particular file.
@@ -1502,7 +1559,9 @@ commands()
 			goto again;
 
 		case A_LSHIFT:
-			if (number <= 0)
+			if (number > 0)
+				shift_count = number;
+			else
 				number = (shift_count > 0) ?
 					shift_count : sc_width / 2;
 			if (number > hshift)
@@ -1512,7 +1571,9 @@ commands()
 			break;
 
 		case A_RSHIFT:
-			if (number <= 0)
+			if (number > 0)
+				shift_count = number;
+			else
 				number = (shift_count > 0) ?
 					shift_count : sc_width / 2;
 			hshift += number;
diff --git a/contrib/less/configure b/contrib/less/configure
index 2310d40..bed836c 100755
--- a/contrib/less/configure
+++ b/contrib/less/configure
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 
 # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12 
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.13 
 # Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
@@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ mandir='${prefix}/man'
 # Initialize some other variables.
 subdirs=
 MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
 # Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
 ac_max_here_lines=12
 
@@ -336,7 +337,7 @@ EOF
     verbose=yes ;;
 
   -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
-    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.13"
     exit 0 ;;
 
   -with-* | --with-*)
@@ -506,9 +507,11 @@ ac_ext=c
 # CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
 ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
 ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
-ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
 cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
 
+ac_exeext=
+ac_objext=o
 if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
   # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
   if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
@@ -527,15 +530,16 @@ fi
 # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
 set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:531: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:534: checking for $ac_word" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
   if test -n "$CC"; then
   ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
 else
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
     test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
     if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
       ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc"
@@ -556,16 +560,17 @@ if test -z "$CC"; then
   # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
 set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:560: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:564: checking for $ac_word" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
   if test -n "$CC"; then
   ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
 else
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
   ac_prog_rejected=no
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
     test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
     if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
       if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
@@ -600,25 +605,61 @@ else
   echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
 fi
 
+  if test -z "$CC"; then
+    case "`uname -s`" in
+    *win32* | *WIN32*)
+      # Extract the first word of "cl", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cl; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:615: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="cl"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+ ;;
+    esac
+  fi
   test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:608: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+echo "configure:647: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
 
 ac_ext=c
 # CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
 ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
 ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
-ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
 cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
 
-cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 618 "configure"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext << EOF
+
+#line 658 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
+
 main(){return(0);}
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:622: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:663: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
   # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
   if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
@@ -632,18 +673,24 @@ else
   ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no
 fi
 rm -fr conftest*
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
 
 echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6
 if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then
   { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
 fi
 echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:642: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "configure:689: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
 echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
 cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:647: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
+echo "configure:694: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
@@ -652,7 +699,7 @@ else
   yes;
 #endif
 EOF
-if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:656: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:703: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
   ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
 else
   ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
@@ -663,11 +710,15 @@ echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6
 
 if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
   GCC=yes
-  ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
-  ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-  CFLAGS=
-  echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:671: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+
+ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
+ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+CFLAGS=
+echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:722: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
@@ -682,20 +733,24 @@ rm -f conftest*
 fi
 
 echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6
-  if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
-    CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-  elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
     CFLAGS="-g -O2"
   else
-    CFLAGS="-O2"
+    CFLAGS="-g"
   fi
 else
-  GCC=
-  test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g"
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for POSIXized ISC""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:699: checking for POSIXized ISC" >&5
+echo "configure:754: checking for POSIXized ISC" >&5
 if test -d /etc/conf/kconfig.d &&
   grep _POSIX_VERSION /usr/include/sys/unistd.h >/dev/null 2>&1
 then
@@ -716,7 +771,7 @@ else
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:720: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+echo "configure:775: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
 # On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
 if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
   CPP=
@@ -731,14 +786,14 @@ else
   # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
   # not just through cpp.
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 735 "configure"
+#line 790 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <assert.h>
 Syntax Error
 EOF
 ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:741: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
-ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+{ (eval echo configure:796: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
 if test -z "$ac_err"; then
   :
 else
@@ -748,14 +803,31 @@ else
   rm -rf conftest*
   CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 752 "configure"
+#line 807 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <assert.h>
 Syntax Error
 EOF
 ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:758: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
-ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+{ (eval echo configure:813: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -nologo -E"
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 824 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:830: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
 if test -z "$ac_err"; then
   :
 else
@@ -768,6 +840,8 @@ fi
 rm -f conftest*
 fi
 rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
   ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
 fi
   CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
@@ -778,13 +852,13 @@ echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
 
 if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
     echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} needs -traditional""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:782: checking whether ${CC-cc} needs -traditional" >&5
+echo "configure:856: checking whether ${CC-cc} needs -traditional" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
     ac_pattern="Autoconf.*'x'"
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 788 "configure"
+#line 862 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <sgtty.h>
 Autoconf TIOCGETP
@@ -802,7 +876,7 @@ rm -f conftest*
 
   if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = no; then
     cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 806 "configure"
+#line 880 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <termio.h>
 Autoconf TCGETA
@@ -849,28 +923,30 @@ ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
 # SunOS /usr/etc/install
 # IRIX /sbin/install
 # AIX /bin/install
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
 # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
 # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
 # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
 echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:857: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+echo "configure:932: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
 if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
-    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=":"
   for ac_dir in $PATH; do
     # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
     case "$ac_dir/" in
     /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
     *)
       # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
-      for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do
+      # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+      # by default.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
         if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
 	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
             grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
 	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
-	    # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable.
 	    :
 	  else
 	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
@@ -900,11 +976,14 @@ echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
 # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
 test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
 
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'
+
 test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
 
 
+
 echo $ac_n "checking for initscr in -lxcurses""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:908: checking for initscr in -lxcurses" >&5
+echo "configure:987: checking for initscr in -lxcurses" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo xcurses'_'initscr | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -912,7 +991,7 @@ else
   ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
 LIBS="-lxcurses  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 916 "configure"
+#line 995 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
 /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
@@ -923,7 +1002,7 @@ int main() {
 initscr()
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:927: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1006: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
 else
@@ -945,7 +1024,7 @@ have_xcurses=no
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for initscr in -lncurses""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:949: checking for initscr in -lncurses" >&5
+echo "configure:1028: checking for initscr in -lncurses" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo ncurses'_'initscr | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -953,7 +1032,7 @@ else
   ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
 LIBS="-lncurses  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 957 "configure"
+#line 1036 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
 /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
@@ -964,7 +1043,7 @@ int main() {
 initscr()
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:968: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1047: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
 else
@@ -986,7 +1065,7 @@ have_ncurses=no
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for initscr in -lcurses""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:990: checking for initscr in -lcurses" >&5
+echo "configure:1069: checking for initscr in -lcurses" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo curses'_'initscr | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -994,7 +1073,7 @@ else
   ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
 LIBS="-lcurses  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 998 "configure"
+#line 1077 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
 /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
@@ -1005,7 +1084,7 @@ int main() {
 initscr()
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1009: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1088: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
 else
@@ -1027,7 +1106,7 @@ have_curses=no
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for tgetent in -ltermcap""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1031: checking for tgetent in -ltermcap" >&5
+echo "configure:1110: checking for tgetent in -ltermcap" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo termcap'_'tgetent | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -1035,7 +1114,7 @@ else
   ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
 LIBS="-ltermcap  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1039 "configure"
+#line 1118 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
 /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
@@ -1046,7 +1125,7 @@ int main() {
 tgetent()
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1050: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1129: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
 else
@@ -1068,7 +1147,7 @@ have_termcap=no
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for tgetent in -ltermlib""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1072: checking for tgetent in -ltermlib" >&5
+echo "configure:1151: checking for tgetent in -ltermlib" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo termlib'_'tgetent | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -1076,7 +1155,7 @@ else
   ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
 LIBS="-ltermlib  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1080 "configure"
+#line 1159 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
 /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
@@ -1087,7 +1166,7 @@ int main() {
 tgetent()
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1091: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1170: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
 else
@@ -1109,7 +1188,7 @@ have_termlib=no
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for regcmp in -lgen""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1113: checking for regcmp in -lgen" >&5
+echo "configure:1192: checking for regcmp in -lgen" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo gen'_'regcmp | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -1117,7 +1196,7 @@ else
   ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
 LIBS="-lgen  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1121 "configure"
+#line 1200 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
 /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
@@ -1128,7 +1207,7 @@ int main() {
 regcmp()
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1132: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1211: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
 else
@@ -1156,7 +1235,7 @@ else
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for regcmp in -lintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1160: checking for regcmp in -lintl" >&5
+echo "configure:1239: checking for regcmp in -lintl" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo intl'_'regcmp | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -1164,7 +1243,7 @@ else
   ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
 LIBS="-lintl  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1168 "configure"
+#line 1247 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
 /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
@@ -1175,7 +1254,7 @@ int main() {
 regcmp()
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1179: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1258: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
 else
@@ -1203,7 +1282,7 @@ else
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for regcmp in -lPW""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1207: checking for regcmp in -lPW" >&5
+echo "configure:1286: checking for regcmp in -lPW" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo PW'_'regcmp | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -1211,7 +1290,7 @@ else
   ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
 LIBS="-lPW  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1215 "configure"
+#line 1294 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
 /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
@@ -1222,7 +1301,7 @@ int main() {
 regcmp()
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1226: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1305: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
 else
@@ -1251,7 +1330,7 @@ fi
 
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for working terminal libraries""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1255: checking for working terminal libraries" >&5
+echo "configure:1334: checking for working terminal libraries" >&5
 TERMLIBS=
 
 curses_broken=0
@@ -1259,6 +1338,9 @@ if test x`uname -s` = "xHP-UX" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
 if test x`uname -r` = "xB.11.00" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
    curses_broken=1
 fi
+if test x`uname -r` = "xB.11.11" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+   curses_broken=1
+fi
 fi
 
 if test $curses_broken = 0; then
@@ -1268,14 +1350,14 @@ if test "x$TERMLIBS" = x; then
     SAVE_LIBS=$LIBS
     LIBS="$LIBS $TERMLIBS"
     cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1272 "configure"
+#line 1354 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 int main() {
 tgetent(0,0); tgetflag(0); tgetnum(0); tgetstr(0,0);
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1279: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1361: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   termok=yes
 else
@@ -1296,14 +1378,14 @@ if test "x$TERMLIBS" = x; then
     SAVE_LIBS=$LIBS
     LIBS="$LIBS $TERMLIBS"
     cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1300 "configure"
+#line 1382 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 int main() {
 tgetent(0,0); tgetflag(0); tgetnum(0); tgetstr(0,0);
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1307: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1389: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   termok=yes
 else
@@ -1324,14 +1406,14 @@ if test "x$TERMLIBS" = x; then
     SAVE_LIBS=$LIBS
     LIBS="$LIBS $TERMLIBS"
     cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1328 "configure"
+#line 1410 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 int main() {
 tgetent(0,0); tgetflag(0); tgetnum(0); tgetstr(0,0);
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1335: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1417: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   termok=yes
 else
@@ -1353,14 +1435,14 @@ if test "x$TERMLIBS" = x; then
     SAVE_LIBS=$LIBS
     LIBS="$LIBS $TERMLIBS"
     cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1357 "configure"
+#line 1439 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 int main() {
 tgetent(0,0); tgetflag(0); tgetnum(0); tgetstr(0,0);
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1364: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1446: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   termok=yes
 else
@@ -1383,14 +1465,14 @@ if test "x$TERMLIBS" = x; then
     SAVE_LIBS=$LIBS
     LIBS="$LIBS $TERMLIBS"
     cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1387 "configure"
+#line 1469 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 int main() {
 tgetent(0,0); tgetflag(0); tgetnum(0); tgetstr(0,0);
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1394: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1476: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   termok=yes
 else
@@ -1411,14 +1493,14 @@ if test "x$TERMLIBS" = x; then
     SAVE_LIBS=$LIBS
     LIBS="$LIBS $TERMLIBS"
     cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1415 "configure"
+#line 1497 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 int main() {
 tgetent(0,0); tgetflag(0); tgetnum(0); tgetstr(0,0);
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1422: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1504: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   termok=yes
 else
@@ -1445,18 +1527,18 @@ for ac_hdr in ctype.h errno.h fcntl.h limits.h stdio.h stdlib.h string.h termcap
 do
 ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1449: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+echo "configure:1531: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1454 "configure"
+#line 1536 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <$ac_hdr>
 EOF
 ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:1459: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
-ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+{ (eval echo configure:1541: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
 if test -z "$ac_err"; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
@@ -1483,12 +1565,12 @@ done
 
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1487: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+echo "configure:1569: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1492 "configure"
+#line 1574 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -1496,8 +1578,8 @@ else
 #include <float.h>
 EOF
 ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:1500: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
-ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+{ (eval echo configure:1582: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
 if test -z "$ac_err"; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
@@ -1513,7 +1595,7 @@ rm -f conftest*
 if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
   # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1517 "configure"
+#line 1599 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <string.h>
 EOF
@@ -1531,7 +1613,7 @@ fi
 if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
   # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1535 "configure"
+#line 1617 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <stdlib.h>
 EOF
@@ -1552,7 +1634,7 @@ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
   :
 else
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1556 "configure"
+#line 1638 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <ctype.h>
 #define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
@@ -1563,7 +1645,7 @@ if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2);
 exit (0); }
 
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1567: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+if { (eval echo configure:1649: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
 then
   :
 else
@@ -1587,12 +1669,12 @@ EOF
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for off_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1591: checking for off_t" >&5
+echo "configure:1673: checking for off_t" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_off_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1596 "configure"
+#line 1678 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #if STDC_HEADERS
@@ -1601,7 +1683,7 @@ else
 #endif
 EOF
 if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
-  egrep "off_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  egrep "(^|[^a-zA-Z_0-9])off_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   ac_cv_type_off_t=yes
 else
@@ -1620,16 +1702,16 @@ EOF
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for void""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1624: checking for void" >&5
+echo "configure:1706: checking for void" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1626 "configure"
+#line 1708 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 int main() {
 void *foo = 0;
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1633: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1715: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_VOID 1
@@ -1643,16 +1725,16 @@ else
 fi
 rm -f conftest*
 echo $ac_n "checking for const""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1647: checking for const" >&5
+echo "configure:1729: checking for const" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1649 "configure"
+#line 1731 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 int main() {
 const int foo = 0;
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1656: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1738: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_CONST 1
@@ -1666,16 +1748,16 @@ else
 fi
 rm -f conftest*
 echo $ac_n "checking for time_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1670: checking for time_t" >&5
+echo "configure:1752: checking for time_t" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1672 "configure"
+#line 1754 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <time.h>
 int main() {
 time_t t = 0;
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1679: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1761: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_TIME_T 1
@@ -1690,12 +1772,12 @@ fi
 rm -f conftest*
 
 echo $ac_n "checking return type of signal handlers""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1694: checking return type of signal handlers" >&5
+echo "configure:1776: checking return type of signal handlers" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_signal'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1699 "configure"
+#line 1781 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <signal.h>
@@ -1712,7 +1794,7 @@ int main() {
 int i;
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1716: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1798: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   ac_cv_type_signal=void
 else
@@ -1730,15 +1812,15 @@ cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
 EOF
 
 
-for ac_func in memcpy popen _setjmp sigprocmask sigsetmask stat strchr strstr system
+for ac_func in fsync memcpy popen _setjmp sigprocmask sigsetmask stat strchr strstr system
 do
 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1737: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo "configure:1819: checking for $ac_func" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1742 "configure"
+#line 1824 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
     which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
@@ -1761,7 +1843,7 @@ $ac_func();
 
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1765: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1847: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
 else
@@ -1787,12 +1869,12 @@ done
 
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for tcgetattr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1791: checking for tcgetattr" >&5
+echo "configure:1873: checking for tcgetattr" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_tcgetattr'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1796 "configure"
+#line 1878 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
     which can conflict with char tcgetattr(); below.  */
@@ -1815,7 +1897,7 @@ tcgetattr();
 
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1819: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1901: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_func_tcgetattr=yes"
 else
@@ -1839,9 +1921,9 @@ fi
 
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for fileno""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1843: checking for fileno" >&5
+echo "configure:1925: checking for fileno" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1845 "configure"
+#line 1927 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 #if HAVE_STDIO_H
@@ -1851,7 +1933,7 @@ int main() {
 static int x; x = fileno(stdin);
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1855: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1937: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_FILENO 1
@@ -1866,9 +1948,9 @@ fi
 rm -f conftest*
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for strerror""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1870: checking for strerror" >&5
+echo "configure:1952: checking for strerror" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1872 "configure"
+#line 1954 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 #if HAVE_STDIO_H
@@ -1884,7 +1966,7 @@ int main() {
 static char *x; x = strerror(0);
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1888: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1970: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_STRERROR 1
@@ -1899,16 +1981,16 @@ fi
 rm -f conftest*
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for sys_errlist""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1903: checking for sys_errlist" >&5
+echo "configure:1985: checking for sys_errlist" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1905 "configure"
+#line 1987 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 int main() {
 extern char *sys_errlist[]; static char **x; x = sys_errlist;
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1912: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1994: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST 1
@@ -1923,9 +2005,9 @@ fi
 rm -f conftest*
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for sigset_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1927: checking for sigset_t" >&5
+echo "configure:2009: checking for sigset_t" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1929 "configure"
+#line 2011 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 #include <signal.h>
@@ -1934,7 +2016,7 @@ int main() {
 sigset_t s; s = 0;
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1938: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2020: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_SIGSET_T 1
@@ -1949,9 +2031,9 @@ fi
 rm -f conftest*
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for sigemptyset""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1953: checking for sigemptyset" >&5
+echo "configure:2035: checking for sigemptyset" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1955 "configure"
+#line 2037 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 #include <signal.h>
@@ -1960,7 +2042,7 @@ int main() {
 sigset_t s; sigemptyset(&s);
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1964: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2046: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_SIGEMPTYSET 1
@@ -1976,9 +2058,9 @@ rm -f conftest*
 
 have_errno=no
 echo $ac_n "checking for errno""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1980: checking for errno" >&5
+echo "configure:2062: checking for errno" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1982 "configure"
+#line 2064 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 #if HAVE_ERRNO_H
@@ -1988,7 +2070,7 @@ int main() {
 static int x; x = errno;
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1992: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2074: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes - in errno.h" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_ERRNO 1
@@ -2001,7 +2083,7 @@ fi
 rm -f conftest*
 if test $have_errno = no; then
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2005 "configure"
+#line 2087 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 #if HAVE_ERRNO_H
@@ -2011,7 +2093,7 @@ int main() {
 extern int errno; static int x; x = errno;
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2015: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2097: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes - must define" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_ERRNO 1
@@ -2030,9 +2112,9 @@ rm -f conftest*
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for locale""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2034: checking for locale" >&5
+echo "configure:2116: checking for locale" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2036 "configure"
+#line 2118 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <locale.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
@@ -2040,7 +2122,7 @@ int main() {
 setlocale(LC_CTYPE,""); isprint(0); iscntrl(0);
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2044: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2126: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_LOCALE 1
@@ -2054,9 +2136,9 @@ else
 fi
 rm -f conftest*
 echo $ac_n "checking for ctype functions""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2058: checking for ctype functions" >&5
+echo "configure:2140: checking for ctype functions" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2060 "configure"
+#line 2142 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 #if HAVE_CTYPE_H
@@ -2066,7 +2148,7 @@ int main() {
 static int x; x = isupper(x); x = tolower(x); x = toupper(x);
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2070: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2152: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_UPPER_LOWER 1
@@ -2082,9 +2164,9 @@ rm -f conftest*
 
 have_ospeed=no
 echo $ac_n "checking termcap for ospeed""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2086: checking termcap for ospeed" >&5
+echo "configure:2168: checking termcap for ospeed" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2088 "configure"
+#line 2170 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -2098,7 +2180,7 @@ int main() {
 ospeed = 0;
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2102: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2184: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes - in termcap.h" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_OSPEED 1
@@ -2111,14 +2193,14 @@ fi
 rm -f conftest*
 if test $have_ospeed = no; then
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2115 "configure"
+#line 2197 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 int main() {
 extern short ospeed; ospeed = 0;
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2122: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2204: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""yes - must define" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_OSPEED 1
@@ -2139,7 +2221,7 @@ fi
 have_regex=no
 have_posix_regex=unknown
 echo $ac_n "checking for regcomp""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2143: checking for regcomp" >&5
+echo "configure:2225: checking for regcomp" >&5
 
 WANT_REGEX=auto
 # Check whether --with-regex or --without-regex was given.
@@ -2155,7 +2237,7 @@ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
   have_posix_regex=unknown
 else
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2159 "configure"
+#line 2241 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -2170,7 +2252,7 @@ if (rm.rm_sp != text + 1) exit(1); /* check for correct offset */
 #endif
 exit(0); }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2174: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+if { (eval echo configure:2256: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
 then
   have_posix_regex=yes
 else
@@ -2191,7 +2273,7 @@ EOF
   have_regex=yes
 elif test $have_posix_regex = unknown; then
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2195 "configure"
+#line 2277 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -2200,7 +2282,7 @@ int main() {
 regex_t *r; regfree(r);
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2204: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2286: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""using POSIX regcomp" 1>&6
   cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
@@ -2221,7 +2303,7 @@ fi
 if test $have_regex = no; then
 if test $WANT_REGEX = auto -o $WANT_REGEX = pcre; then
 echo $ac_n "checking for pcre_compile in -lpcre""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2225: checking for pcre_compile in -lpcre" >&5
+echo "configure:2307: checking for pcre_compile in -lpcre" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo pcre'_'pcre_compile | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -2229,7 +2311,7 @@ else
   ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
 LIBS="-lpcre  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2233 "configure"
+#line 2315 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
 /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
@@ -2240,7 +2322,7 @@ int main() {
 pcre_compile()
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2244: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2326: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
 else
@@ -2269,12 +2351,12 @@ fi
 if test $have_regex = no; then
 if test $WANT_REGEX = auto -o $WANT_REGEX = regcmp; then
 echo $ac_n "checking for regcmp""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2273: checking for regcmp" >&5
+echo "configure:2355: checking for regcmp" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_regcmp'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2278 "configure"
+#line 2360 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
     which can conflict with char regcmp(); below.  */
@@ -2297,7 +2379,7 @@ regcmp();
 
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2301: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2383: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_func_regcmp=yes"
 else
@@ -2325,7 +2407,7 @@ fi
 if test $have_regex = no; then
 if test $WANT_REGEX = auto -o $WANT_REGEX = regcomp; then
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2329 "configure"
+#line 2411 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 
 #include "regexp.h"
@@ -2333,7 +2415,7 @@ int main() {
 regcomp("");
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2337: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2419: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   echo "$ac_t""using V8 regcomp" 1>&6; cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
 #define HAVE_V8_REGCOMP 1
@@ -2362,12 +2444,12 @@ fi
 if test $have_regex = no; then
 if test $WANT_REGEX = auto -o $WANT_REGEX = re_comp; then
 echo "$ac_t""using re_comp" 1>&6; echo $ac_n "checking for re_comp""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2366: checking for re_comp" >&5
+echo "configure:2448: checking for re_comp" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_re_comp'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2371 "configure"
+#line 2453 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
     which can conflict with char re_comp(); below.  */
@@ -2390,7 +2472,7 @@ re_comp();
 
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2394: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2476: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_func_re_comp=yes"
 else
@@ -2455,7 +2537,7 @@ EOF
 # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
 # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
 (set) 2>&1 |
-  case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
   *ac_space=\ *)
     # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
     # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
@@ -2522,7 +2604,7 @@ do
     echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
     exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
   -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
-    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.13"
     exit 0 ;;
   -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
     echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
@@ -2542,9 +2624,11 @@ sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
  s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
 $ac_vpsub
 $extrasub
+s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
 s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
 s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
 s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@FFLAGS@%$FFLAGS%g
 s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
 s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
 s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
@@ -2566,6 +2650,7 @@ s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
 s%@CC@%$CC%g
 s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
 s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_SCRIPT@%$INSTALL_SCRIPT%g
 s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
 s%@REGEX_O@%$REGEX_O%g
 
diff --git a/contrib/less/configure.in b/contrib/less/configure.in
index d92c551..8328473 100644
--- a/contrib/less/configure.in
+++ b/contrib/less/configure.in
@@ -8,6 +8,11 @@ AC_ISC_POSIX
 AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
 AC_PROG_INSTALL
 
+dnl Check for compilation model.
+dnl AC_SYS_LARGEFILE is not supported in all versions of autoconf.
+dnl Remove the dnl comment on the next line to use large (64 bit) files.
+dnl AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
+
 dnl Checks for libraries.
 AC_CHECK_LIB(xcurses, initscr, [have_xcurses=yes], [have_xcurses=no])
 AC_CHECK_LIB(ncurses, initscr, [have_ncurses=yes], [have_ncurses=no])
@@ -30,6 +35,9 @@ if test x`uname -s` = "xHP-UX" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
 if test x`uname -r` = "xB.11.00" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
    curses_broken=1
 fi
+if test x`uname -r` = "xB.11.11" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+   curses_broken=1
+fi
 fi
 
 if test $curses_broken = 0; then
@@ -139,7 +147,7 @@ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [time_t t = 0;],
 
 dnl Checks for functions and external variables.
 AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(memcpy popen _setjmp sigprocmask sigsetmask stat strchr strstr system)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fsync memcpy popen _setjmp sigprocmask sigsetmask stat strchr strstr system)
 
 dnl Some systems have termios.h but not the corresponding functions.
 AC_CHECK_FUNC(tcgetattr, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS))
diff --git a/contrib/less/decode.c b/contrib/less/decode.c
index 46ac21b..f5f58ea 100644
--- a/contrib/less/decode.c
+++ b/contrib/less/decode.c
@@ -140,6 +140,8 @@ static unsigned char cmdtable[] =
 	CONTROL('X'),CONTROL('V'),0,	A_EXAMINE,
 	':','n',0,			A_NEXT_FILE,
 	':','p',0,			A_PREV_FILE,
+	't',0,				A_NEXT_TAG,
+	'T',0,				A_PREV_TAG,
 	':','x',0,			A_INDEX_FILE,
 	':','d',0,			A_REMOVE_FILE,
 	'-',0,				A_OPT_TOGGLE,
@@ -293,6 +295,13 @@ init_cmds()
 	add_ecmd_table((char*)edittable, sizeof(edittable));
 #if USERFILE
 	/*
+	 * For backwards compatibility,
+	 * try to add tables in the OLD system lesskey file.
+	 */
+#ifdef BINDIR
+	add_hometable(NULL, BINDIR "/.sysless", 1);
+#endif
+	/*
 	 * Try to add the tables in the system lesskey file.
 	 */
 	add_hometable("LESSKEY_SYSTEM", LESSKEYFILE_SYS, 1);
@@ -708,7 +717,7 @@ add_hometable(envname, def_filename, sysvar)
 	char *filename;
 	PARG parg;
 
-	if ((filename = lgetenv(envname)) != NULL)
+	if (envname != NULL && (filename = lgetenv(envname)) != NULL)
 		filename = save(filename);
 	else if (sysvar)
 		filename = save(def_filename);
@@ -764,6 +773,16 @@ editchar(c, flags)
 		action = ecmd_decode(usercmd, &s);
 	} while (action == A_PREFIX);
 	
+	if (flags & EC_NORIGHTLEFT)
+	{
+		switch (action)
+		{
+		case EC_RIGHT:
+		case EC_LEFT:
+			action = A_INVALID;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
 #if CMD_HISTORY
 	if (flags & EC_NOHISTORY) 
 	{
diff --git a/contrib/less/defines.ds b/contrib/less/defines.ds
index 1144168..bf8b579 100644
--- a/contrib/less/defines.ds
+++ b/contrib/less/defines.ds
@@ -185,6 +185,7 @@
 #define	TERMBUF_SIZE	2048	/* Termcap buffer for tgetent */
 #define	TERMSBUF_SIZE	1024	/* Buffer to hold termcap strings */
 #define	TAGLINE_SIZE	512	/* Max size of line in tags file */
+#define	TABSTOP_MAX	32	/* Max number of custom tab stops */
 
 /* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER==BORLANDC
@@ -253,7 +254,7 @@
 #define MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED 0
 
 /* Define HAVE_LOCALE if you have locale.h and setlocale. */
-#define HAVE_LOCALE 1
+#define HAVE_LOCALE 0
 
 /* Define HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS if you have tcgetattr/tcsetattr */
 #define HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS 0
diff --git a/contrib/less/defines.h.in b/contrib/less/defines.h.in
index 3f379ca..8b8df1b 100644
--- a/contrib/less/defines.h.in
+++ b/contrib/less/defines.h.in
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
  * (in the HOME directory).
  */
 #define	LESSKEYFILE		".less"
-#define	LESSKEYFILE_SYS		SYSDIR "/.sysless"
+#define	LESSKEYFILE_SYS		SYSDIR "/sysless"
 #define	DEF_LESSKEYINFILE	".lesskey"
 
 
@@ -169,6 +169,7 @@
 #define	TERMBUF_SIZE	2048	/* Termcap buffer for tgetent */
 #define	TERMSBUF_SIZE	1024	/* Buffer to hold termcap strings */
 #define	TAGLINE_SIZE	512	/* Max size of line in tags file */
+#define	TABSTOP_MAX	32	/* Max number of custom tab stops */
 
 /* Settings automatically determined by configure.  */
 
@@ -253,6 +254,9 @@
 /* Define if you have the _setjmp function.  */
 #undef HAVE__SETJMP
 
+/* Define if you have the fsync function.  */
+#undef HAVE_FSYNC
+
 /* Define if you have the memcpy function.  */
 #undef HAVE_MEMCPY
 
diff --git a/contrib/less/defines.h.top b/contrib/less/defines.h.top
index e14d1ea..11b32df 100644
--- a/contrib/less/defines.h.top
+++ b/contrib/less/defines.h.top
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
  * (in the HOME directory).
  */
 #define	LESSKEYFILE		".less"
-#define	LESSKEYFILE_SYS		SYSDIR "/.sysless"
+#define	LESSKEYFILE_SYS		SYSDIR "/sysless"
 #define	DEF_LESSKEYINFILE	".lesskey"
 
 
@@ -168,5 +168,6 @@
 #define	TERMBUF_SIZE	2048	/* Termcap buffer for tgetent */
 #define	TERMSBUF_SIZE	1024	/* Buffer to hold termcap strings */
 #define	TAGLINE_SIZE	512	/* Max size of line in tags file */
+#define	TABSTOP_MAX	32	/* Max number of custom tab stops */
 
 /* Settings automatically determined by configure.  */
diff --git a/contrib/less/defines.o2 b/contrib/less/defines.o2
index 48bfe0c..cf923e4 100644
--- a/contrib/less/defines.o2
+++ b/contrib/less/defines.o2
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
  * EDIT_PGM is the name of the (default) editor to be invoked.
  */
 #define	EDITOR		(!SECURE)
-#define	EDIT_PGM	"me"
+#define	EDIT_PGM	"vi"
 
 /*
  * TAGS is 1 if you wish to support tag files.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
  * (in the HOME directory).
  */
 #define	LESSKEYFILE		"less.ini"
-#define	LESSKEYFILE_SYS		"\\sysless.ini"
+#define	LESSKEYFILE_SYS		"C:\\sysless.ini"
 #define	DEF_LESSKEYINFILE	"lesskey.ini"
 
 
@@ -166,6 +166,7 @@
 #define	TERMBUF_SIZE	2048	/* Termcap buffer for tgetent */
 #define	TERMSBUF_SIZE	1024	/* Buffer to hold termcap strings */
 #define	TAGLINE_SIZE	512	/* Max size of line in tags file */
+#define	TABSTOP_MAX	32	/* Max number of custom tab stops */
 
 /* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
 /* #define	off_t	long */
@@ -200,7 +201,7 @@
 #define HAVE_CONST 1
 
 /* Define HAVE_TIME_T if your system supports the "time_t" type. */
-#define HAVE_TIME_T 0
+#define HAVE_TIME_T 1
 
 /* Define HAVE_STRERROR if you have the strerror() function. */
 #define HAVE_STRERROR 1
@@ -212,22 +213,22 @@
 /* Define MUST_DEFINE_ERRNO if you have errno but it is not define 
  * in errno.h */
 #define HAVE_ERRNO 1
-#define MUST_DEFINE_ERRNO 1
+/* #undef MUST_DEFINE_ERRNO */
 
 /* Define HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST if you have the sys_errlist[] variable */
 #define HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST 1
 
 /* Define HAVE_OSPEED if your termcap library has the ospeed variable */
-#define HAVE_OSPEED 0
+#define HAVE_OSPEED 1
 /* Define MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED if you have ospeed but it is not defined
  * in termcap.h. */
 #define MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED 0
 
 /* Define HAVE_LOCALE if you have locale.h and setlocale. */
-#define HAVE_LOCALE 0
+#define HAVE_LOCALE 1
 
 /* Define HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS if you have tcgetattr/tcsetattr */
-#define HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS 0
+#define HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS 1
 
 /* Define HAVE_UPPER_LOWER if you have isupper, islower, toupper, tolower */
 #define HAVE_UPPER_LOWER 1
@@ -239,17 +240,17 @@
 #define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
 
 /* Define if you have the popen function.  */
-#define HAVE_POPEN 0
+#define HAVE_POPEN 1
 
 /* Define if you have the sigsetmask function.  */
 #define HAVE_SIGSETMASK	0
 
 /* Define if you have the sigprocmask function.  */
-#define HAVE_SIGPROCMASK	0
+#define HAVE_SIGPROCMASK	1
 
 /* Define if you have the sigset_t type and sigemptyset macro */
-#define HAVE_SIGSET_T	0
-#define HAVE_SIGEMPTYSET	0
+#define HAVE_SIGSET_T	1
+#define HAVE_SIGEMPTYSET	1
 
 /* Define if you have the stat function.  */
 #define HAVE_STAT 1
@@ -257,6 +258,9 @@
 /* Define if you have the strchr function.  */
 #define HAVE_STRCHR 1
 
+/* Define if you have the strstr function.  */
+#define HAVE_STRSTR	1
+
 /* Define if you have the system function.  */
 #define HAVE_SYSTEM	1
 
@@ -264,13 +268,13 @@
 #define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1
 
 /* Define if you have the <errno.h> header file.  */
-#define HAVE_ERRNO_H 0
+#define HAVE_ERRNO_H 1
 
 /* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file.  */
 #define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
 
 /* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file.  */
-#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 0
+#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
 
 /* Define if you have the <stdio.h> header file.  */
 #define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
@@ -282,7 +286,7 @@
 #define HAVE_STRING_H 1
 
 /* Define if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file.  */
-#define HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H 0
+#define HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H 1
 
 /* Define if you have the <sys/ptem.h> header file.  */
 #define HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H	0
@@ -291,13 +295,13 @@
 #define HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H	0
 
 /* Define if you have the <termcap.h> header file.  */
-#define HAVE_TERMCAP_H 0
+#define HAVE_TERMCAP_H 1
 
 /* Define if you have the <termio.h> header file.  */
-#define HAVE_TERMIO_H	0
+#define HAVE_TERMIO_H	1
 
 /* Define if you have the <termios.h> header file.  */
-#define HAVE_TERMIOS_H 0
+#define HAVE_TERMIOS_H 1
 
 /* Define if you have the <time.h> header file.  */
 #define HAVE_TIME_H 1
diff --git a/contrib/less/defines.o9 b/contrib/less/defines.o9
index 6f447c2..553a005 100644
--- a/contrib/less/defines.o9
+++ b/contrib/less/defines.o9
@@ -179,6 +179,7 @@
 #define	TERMBUF_SIZE	2048	/* Termcap buffer for tgetent */
 #define	TERMSBUF_SIZE	1024	/* Buffer to hold termcap strings */
 #define	TAGLINE_SIZE	512	/* Max size of line in tags file */
+#define	TABSTOP_MAX	32	/* Max number of custom tab stops */
 
 /* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
 #define off_t long
diff --git a/contrib/less/defines.wn b/contrib/less/defines.wn
index 538f645..73970c2 100644
--- a/contrib/less/defines.wn
+++ b/contrib/less/defines.wn
@@ -167,6 +167,7 @@
 #define	TERMBUF_SIZE	2048	/* Termcap buffer for tgetent */
 #define	TERMSBUF_SIZE	1024	/* Buffer to hold termcap strings */
 #define	TAGLINE_SIZE	512	/* Max size of line in tags file */
+#define	TABSTOP_MAX	32	/* Max number of custom tab stops */
 
 /* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
 /* #define	off_t	long */
@@ -225,7 +226,7 @@
 #define MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED 0
 
 /* Define HAVE_LOCALE if you have locale.h and setlocale. */
-#define HAVE_LOCALE 1
+#define HAVE_LOCALE 0
 
 /* Define HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS if you have tcgetattr/tcsetattr */
 #define HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS 0
@@ -240,7 +241,7 @@
 #define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
 
 /* Define if you have the popen function.  */
-#define HAVE_POPEN 0
+#define HAVE_POPEN 1
 
 /* Define if you have the sigsetmask function.  */
 #define HAVE_SIGSETMASK	0
diff --git a/contrib/less/filename.c b/contrib/less/filename.c
index 189ad87..bfbbfdb 100644
--- a/contrib/less/filename.c
+++ b/contrib/less/filename.c
@@ -24,7 +24,6 @@
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER==DJGPPC
 #include <glob.h>
 #include <dir.h>
-#include <limits.h>
 #define _MAX_PATH	PATH_MAX
 #endif
 #endif
@@ -34,6 +33,9 @@
 #include <modes.h>
 #endif
 #endif
+#if OS2
+#include <signal.h>
+#endif
 
 #if HAVE_STAT
 #include <sys/stat.h>
@@ -878,7 +880,16 @@ close_altfile(altfilename, filename, pipefd)
 	if (secure)
 		return;
 	if (pipefd != NULL)
+	{
+#if OS2
+		/*
+		 * The pclose function of OS/2 emx sometimes fails.
+		 * Send SIGINT to the piped process before closing it.
+		 */
+		kill(((FILE*)pipefd)->_pid, SIGINT);
+#endif
 		pclose((FILE*) pipefd);
+	}
 	if ((lessclose = lgetenv("LESSCLOSE")) == NULL)
 	     	return;
 	gfilename = esc_metachars(filename);
diff --git a/contrib/less/funcs.h b/contrib/less/funcs.h
index 8f0967d..6d11a70 100644
--- a/contrib/less/funcs.h
+++ b/contrib/less/funcs.h
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
 	public void home ();
 	public void add_line ();
 	public void remove_top ();
+	public void win32_scroll_up ();
 	public void lower_left ();
 	public void check_winch ();
 	public void goto_line ();
@@ -142,6 +143,7 @@
 	public void init_line ();
 	public void prewind ();
 	public void plinenum ();
+	public int is_ansi_end ();
 	public int pappend ();
 	public void pdone ();
 	public int gline ();
@@ -175,6 +177,7 @@
 	public void opt_i ();
 	public void opt__V ();
 	public void opt_D ();
+	public void opt_x ();
 	public void opt_quote ();
 	public void opt_query ();
 	public int get_swindow ();
@@ -195,7 +198,6 @@
 	public int percentage ();
 	public POSITION percent_pos ();
 	public int  os9_signal ();
-	public int  isatty ();
 	public void put_line ();
 	public void flush ();
 	public int putchr ();
@@ -218,6 +220,7 @@
 	public char * pr_expand ();
 	public char * eq_message ();
 	public char * pr_string ();
+	public char * wait_message ();
 	public void repaint_hilite ();
 	public void clear_attn ();
 	public void undo_search ();
@@ -231,9 +234,15 @@
 	public RETSIGTYPE winch ();
 	public void init_signals ();
 	public void psignals ();
+	public void cleantags ();
+	public int gettagtype ();
 	public void findtag ();
-	public int edit_tagfile ();
 	public POSITION tagsearch ();
+	public char * nexttag ();
+	public char * prevtag ();
+	public int ntags ();
+	public int curr_tag ();
+	public int edit_tagfile ();
 	public void open_getchr ();
 	public void close_getchr ();
 	public int getchr ();
diff --git a/contrib/less/help.c b/contrib/less/help.c
index a7a283f..98813f9 100644
--- a/contrib/less/help.c
+++ b/contrib/less/help.c
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ constant char helpdata[] = {
 ' ',' ','E','S','C','-','S','P','A','C','E',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','F','o','r','w','a','r','d',' ',' ','o','n','e',' ','w','i','n','d','o','w',',',' ','b','u','t',' ','d','o','n','\'','t',' ','s','t','o','p',' ','a','t',' ','e','n','d','-','o','f','-','f','i','l','e','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','d',' ',' ','^','D',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','F','o','r','w','a','r','d',' ',' ','o','n','e',' ','h','a','l','f','-','w','i','n','d','o','w',' ','(','a','n','d',' ','s','e','t',' ','h','a','l','f','-','w','i','n','d','o','w',' ','t','o',' ','_','\b','N',')','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','u',' ',' ','^','U',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','B','a','c','k','w','a','r','d',' ','o','n','e',' ','h','a','l','f','-','w','i','n','d','o','w',' ','(','a','n','d',' ','s','e','t',' ','h','a','l','f','-','w','i','n','d','o','w',' ','t','o',' ','_','\b','N',')','.','\n',
-' ',' ','E','S','C','-','(',' ',' ','R','i','g','h','t','A','r','r','o','w',' ','*',' ',' ','L','e','f','t',' ',' ','8',' ','c','h','a','r','a','c','t','e','r',' ','p','o','s','i','t','i','o','n','s',' ','(','o','r',' ','_','\b','N',' ','p','o','s','i','t','i','o','n','s',')','.','\n',
-' ',' ','E','S','C','-',')',' ',' ','L','e','f','t','A','r','r','o','w',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','R','i','g','h','t',' ','8',' ','c','h','a','r','a','c','t','e','r',' ','p','o','s','i','t','i','o','n','s',' ','(','o','r',' ','_','\b','N',' ','p','o','s','i','t','i','o','n','s',')','.','\n',
+' ',' ','E','S','C','-','(',' ',' ','R','i','g','h','t','A','r','r','o','w',' ','*',' ',' ','L','e','f','t',' ',' ','o','n','e',' ','h','a','l','f',' ','s','c','r','e','e','n',' ','w','i','d','t','h',' ','(','o','r',' ','_','\b','N',' ','p','o','s','i','t','i','o','n','s',')','.','\n',
+' ',' ','E','S','C','-',')',' ',' ','L','e','f','t','A','r','r','o','w',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','R','i','g','h','t',' ','o','n','e',' ','h','a','l','f',' ','s','c','r','e','e','n',' ','w','i','d','t','h',' ','(','o','r',' ','_','\b','N',' ','p','o','s','i','t','i','o','n','s',')','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','F',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','F','o','r','w','a','r','d',' ','f','o','r','e','v','e','r',';',' ','l','i','k','e',' ','"','t','a','i','l',' ','-','f','"','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','r',' ',' ','^','R',' ',' ','^','L',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','R','e','p','a','i','n','t',' ','s','c','r','e','e','n','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','R',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','R','e','p','a','i','n','t',' ','s','c','r','e','e','n',',',' ','d','i','s','c','a','r','d','i','n','g',' ','b','u','f','f','e','r','e','d',' ','i','n','p','u','t','.','\n',
@@ -55,6 +55,8 @@ constant char helpdata[] = {
 ' ',' ','g',' ',' ','<',' ',' ','E','S','C','-','<',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','G','o',' ','t','o',' ','f','i','r','s','t',' ','l','i','n','e',' ','i','n',' ','f','i','l','e',' ','(','o','r',' ','l','i','n','e',' ','_','\b','N',')','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','G',' ',' ','>',' ',' ','E','S','C','-','>',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','G','o',' ','t','o',' ','l','a','s','t',' ','l','i','n','e',' ','i','n',' ','f','i','l','e',' ','(','o','r',' ','l','i','n','e',' ','_','\b','N',')','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','p',' ',' ','%',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','G','o',' ','t','o',' ','b','e','g','i','n','n','i','n','g',' ','o','f',' ','f','i','l','e',' ','(','o','r',' ','_','\b','N',' ','p','e','r','c','e','n','t',' ','i','n','t','o',' ','f','i','l','e',')','.','\n',
+' ',' ','t',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','G','o',' ','t','o',' ','t','h','e',' ','(','_','\b','N','-','t','h',')',' ','n','e','x','t',' ','t','a','g','.','\n',
+' ',' ','T',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','G','o',' ','t','o',' ','t','h','e',' ','(','_','\b','N','-','t','h',')',' ','p','r','e','v','i','o','u','s',' ','t','a','g','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','{',' ',' ','(',' ',' ','[',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','F','i','n','d',' ','c','l','o','s','e',' ','b','r','a','c','k','e','t',' ','}',' ',')',' ',']','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','}',' ',' ',')',' ',' ',']',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','F','i','n','d',' ','o','p','e','n',' ','b','r','a','c','k','e','t',' ','{',' ','(',' ','[','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','E','S','C','-','^','F',' ','_','\b','<','_','\b','c','_','\b','1','_','\b','>',' ','_','\b','<','_','\b','c','_','\b','2','_','\b','>',' ',' ','*',' ',' ','F','i','n','d',' ','c','l','o','s','e',' ','b','r','a','c','k','e','t',' ','_','\b','<','_','\b','c','_','\b','2','_','\b','>','.','\n',
@@ -176,10 +178,12 @@ constant char helpdata[] = {
 ' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','H','i','g','h','l','i','g','h','t',' ','f','i','r','s','t',' ','n','e','w',' ','l','i','n','e',' ','a','f','t','e','r',' ','f','o','r','w','a','r','d','-','s','c','r','e','e','n','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','-','W',' ',' ','.','.','.','.','.','.','.','.',' ',' ','-','-','H','I','L','I','T','E','-','U','N','R','E','A','D','\n',
 ' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','H','i','g','h','l','i','g','h','t',' ','f','i','r','s','t',' ','n','e','w',' ','l','i','n','e',' ','a','f','t','e','r',' ','a','n','y',' ','f','o','r','w','a','r','d',' ','m','o','v','e','m','e','n','t','.','\n',
-' ',' ','-','x',' ','[','_','\b','N',']',' ',' ','.','.','.','.',' ',' ','-','-','t','a','b','s','=','[','_','\b','N',']','\n',
+' ',' ','-','x',' ','[','_','\b','N','[',',','.','.','.',']',']',' ',' ','-','-','t','a','b','s','=','[','_','\b','N','[',',','.','.','.',']',']','\n',
 ' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','S','e','t',' ','t','a','b',' ','s','t','o','p','s','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','-','X',' ',' ','.','.','.','.','.','.','.','.',' ',' ','-','-','n','o','-','i','n','i','t','\n',
 ' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','D','o','n','\'','t',' ','u','s','e',' ','t','e','r','m','c','a','p',' ','i','n','i','t','/','d','e','i','n','i','t',' ','s','t','r','i','n','g','s','.','\n',
+' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','-','-','n','o','-','k','e','y','p','a','d','\n',
+' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','D','o','n','\'','t',' ','u','s','e',' ','t','e','r','m','c','a','p',' ','k','e','y','p','a','d',' ','i','n','i','t','/','d','e','i','n','i','t',' ','s','t','r','i','n','g','s','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','-','y',' ','[','_','\b','N',']',' ',' ','.','.','.','.',' ',' ','-','-','m','a','x','-','f','o','r','w','-','s','c','r','o','l','l','=','[','_','\b','N',']','\n',
 ' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ',' ','F','o','r','w','a','r','d',' ','s','c','r','o','l','l',' ','l','i','m','i','t','.','\n',
 ' ',' ','-','z',' ','[','_','\b','N',']',' ',' ','.','.','.','.',' ',' ','-','-','w','i','n','d','o','w','=','[','_','\b','N',']','\n',
diff --git a/contrib/less/less.h b/contrib/less/less.h
index 2063558..333e70a 100644
--- a/contrib/less/less.h
+++ b/contrib/less/less.h
@@ -70,6 +70,9 @@
 #if HAVE_CTYPE_H
 #include <ctype.h>
 #endif
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif
 #if HAVE_STDLIB_H
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
@@ -80,7 +83,7 @@
 #include <modes.h>
 #include <strings.h>
 #endif
-#if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
+#if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C || OS2
 #include <io.h>
 #endif
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER==DJGPPC
@@ -136,13 +139,21 @@ void free();
 
 #define	BAD_LSEEK	((off_t)-1)
 
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+#define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Upper bound on the string length of an integer converted to string.
+ * 302 / 1000 is ceil (log10 (2.0)).  Subtract 1 for the sign bit;
+ * add 1 for integer division truncation; add 1 more for a minus sign.
+ */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) ((sizeof(t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) * 302 / 1000 + 1 + 1)
+
 /*
  * Special types and constants.
  */
 typedef off_t		POSITION;
-#define PR_POSITION	"%ld"
-#define MAX_PRINT_POSITION 20
-#define MAX_PRINT_INT      10
 
 #define	NULL_POSITION	((POSITION)(-1))
 
@@ -179,7 +190,7 @@ typedef off_t		POSITION;
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER==MSOFTC
 #define	SET_BINARY(f)	_setmode(f, _O_BINARY);
 #else
-#if MSDOS_COMPILER
+#if MSDOS_COMPILER || OS2
 #define	SET_BINARY(f)	setmode(f, O_BINARY)
 #else
 #define	SET_BINARY(f)
@@ -283,6 +294,10 @@ struct textlist
 #define	AT_INVIS	(4)
 #define	AT_STANDOUT	(5)
 
+#if '0' == 240
+#define IS_EBCDIC_HOST 1
+#endif
+
 #if IS_EBCDIC_HOST
 /*
  * Long definition for EBCDIC.
diff --git a/contrib/less/less.hlp b/contrib/less/less.hlp
index 24dc8bf..d5be32b 100644
--- a/contrib/less/less.hlp
+++ b/contrib/less/less.hlp
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@
   ESC-SPACE         *  Forward  one window, but don't stop at end-of-file.
   d  ^D             *  Forward  one half-window (and set half-window to _N).
   u  ^U             *  Backward one half-window (and set half-window to _N).
-  ESC-(  RightArrow *  Left  8 character positions (or _N positions).
-  ESC-)  LeftArrow  *  Right 8 character positions (or _N positions).
+  ESC-(  RightArrow *  Left  one half screen width (or _N positions).
+  ESC-)  LeftArrow  *  Right one half screen width (or _N positions).
   F                    Forward forever; like "tail -f".
   r  ^R  ^L            Repaint screen.
   R                    Repaint screen, discarding buffered input.
@@ -52,6 +52,8 @@
   g  <  ESC-<       *  Go to first line in file (or line _N).
   G  >  ESC->       *  Go to last line in file (or line _N).
   p  %              *  Go to beginning of file (or _N percent into file).
+  t                 *  Go to the (_N-th) next tag.
+  T                 *  Go to the (_N-th) previous tag.
   {  (  [           *  Find close bracket } ) ].
   }  )  ]           *  Find open bracket { ( [.
   ESC-^F _<_c_1_> _<_c_2_>  *  Find close bracket _<_c_2_>.
@@ -173,10 +175,12 @@
                   Highlight first new line after forward-screen.
   -W  ........  --HILITE-UNREAD
                   Highlight first new line after any forward movement.
-  -x [_N]  ....  --tabs=[_N]
+  -x [_N[,...]]  --tabs=[_N[,...]]
                   Set tab stops.
   -X  ........  --no-init
                   Don't use termcap init/deinit strings.
+                --no-keypad
+                  Don't use termcap keypad init/deinit strings.
   -y [_N]  ....  --max-forw-scroll=[_N]
                   Forward scroll limit.
   -z [_N]  ....  --window=[_N]
diff --git a/contrib/less/less.man b/contrib/less/less.man
index 0491773..e917d54 100644
--- a/contrib/less/less.man
+++ b/contrib/less/less.man
@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
        lleessss ----hheellpp
        lleessss --VV
        lleessss ----vveerrssiioonn
-       lleessss [[--[[++]]aaBBccCCddeeEEffggGGiiIImmMMnnNNqqQQrrssSSuuUUVVwwXX]]
+       lleessss [[--[[++]]aaBBccCCddeeEEffFFggGGiiIIJJmmMMnnNNqqQQrrRRssSSuuUUVVwwWWXX]]
             [[--bb _b_u_f_s]] [[--hh _l_i_n_e_s]] [[--jj _l_i_n_e]] [[--kk _k_e_y_f_i_l_e]]
             [[--{{ooOO}} _l_o_g_f_i_l_e]] [[--pp _p_a_t_t_e_r_n]] [[--PP _p_r_o_m_p_t]] [[--tt _t_a_g]]
-            [[--TT _t_a_g_s_f_i_l_e]] [[--xx _t_a_b]] [[--yy _l_i_n_e_s]] [[--[[zz]] _l_i_n_e_s]]
+            [[--TT _t_a_g_s_f_i_l_e]] [[--xx _t_a_b,,......]] [[--yy _l_i_n_e_s]] [[--[[zz]] _l_i_n_e_s]]
             [[++[[++]]_c_m_d]] [[----]] [[_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e]]......
        (See  the OPTIONS section for alternate option syntax with
        long option names.)
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ CCOOMMMMAANNDDSS
        SPACE or ^V or f or ^F
               Scroll  forward  N  lines,  default one window (see
               option -z below).  If N is  more  than  the  screen
-              size, only the final screenful is displayed.  Warn-
-              ing: some systems use ^V as a  special  literaliza-
+              size, only the final screenful is displayed.  Warn­
+              ing: some systems use ^V as a  special  literaliza­
               tion character.
 
        z      Like  SPACE,  but if N is specified, it becomes the
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ CCOOMMMMAANNDDSS
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   1
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   1
 
 
 
@@ -103,17 +103,17 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
        ESC-) or RIGHTARROW
               Scroll  horizontally  right  N  characters, default
-              half the screen width (see the -#  option).   While
+              half the screen width (see the -#  option).   If  a
+              number  N  is specified, it becomes the default for
+              future RIGHTARROW and  LEFTARROW  commands.   While
               the  text  is  scrolled,  it  acts as though the -S
-              option (chop lines) were in effect.  Note  that  if
-              you  wish  to enter a number N, you must use ESC-),
-              not RIGHTARROW, because the arrow is taken to be  a
-              line  editing  command  (see  the LINE EDITING sec-
-              tion).
+              option (chop lines) were in effect.
 
        ESC-( or LEFTARROW
               Scroll horizontally left N characters, default half
-              the screen width (see the -# option).
+              the  screen width (see the -# option).  If a number
+              N is specified, it becomes the default  for  future
+              RIGHTARROW and LEFTARROW commands.
 
        r or ^R or ^L
               Repaint the screen.
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   2
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   2
 
 
 
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   3
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   3
 
 
 
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
        ^X^X   Same as single quote.
 
        /pattern
-              Search  forward  in the file for the N-th line con-
+              Search  forward  in the file for the N-th line con­
               taining the pattern.  N defaults to 1.  The pattern
               is  a regular expression, as recognized by _e_d_.  The
               search starts at the second line displayed (but see
@@ -233,19 +233,19 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
               search rather than become part of the pattern:
 
               ^N or !
-                     Search for lines which do NOT match the pat-
+                     Search for lines which do NOT match the pat­
                      tern.
 
               ^E or *
                      Search multiple  files.   That  is,  if  the
                      search  reaches  the END of the current file
-                     without finding a match, the search  contin-
+                     without finding a match, the search  contin­
                      ues  in  the  next  file in the command line
                      list.
 
               ^F or @
                      Begin the search at the first  line  of  the
-                     FIRST file in the command line list, regard-
+                     FIRST file in the command line list, regard­
                      less of what is currently displayed  on  the
                      screen  or  the  settings  of  the  -a or -j
                      options.
@@ -254,12 +254,12 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
                      on the current screen, but don't move to the
                      first match (KEEP current position).
 
-              ^R     Don't interpret regular expression metachar-
+              ^R     Don't interpret regular expression metachar­
                      acters;   that   is,  do  a  simple  textual
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   4
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   4
 
 
 
@@ -271,26 +271,26 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
                      comparison.
 
        ?pattern
-              Search backward in the file for the N-th line  con-
+              Search backward in the file for the N-th line  con­
               taining the pattern.  The search starts at the line
               immediately before the top line displayed.
 
               Certain characters are special as in the / command:
 
               ^N or !
-                     Search for lines which do NOT match the pat-
+                     Search for lines which do NOT match the pat­
                      tern.
 
               ^E or *
                      Search multiple  files.   That  is,  if  the
                      search  reaches the beginning of the current
                      file without finding  a  match,  the  search
-                     continues  in  the previous file in the com-
+                     continues  in  the previous file in the com­
                      mand line list.
 
               ^F or @
                      Begin the search at the  last  line  of  the
-                     last  file in the command line list, regard-
+                     last  file in the command line list, regard­
                      less of what is currently displayed  on  the
                      screen  or  the  settings  of  the  -a or -j
                      options.
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
               Same as "?*".
 
        n      Repeat previous search, for  N-th  line  containing
-              the last pattern.  If the previous search was modi-
+              the last pattern.  If the previous search was modi­
               fied by ^N, the search is made for  the  N-th  line
               NOT containing the pattern.  If the previous search
               was modified by ^E, the  search  continues  in  the
@@ -316,16 +316,16 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
               expressions.  There is no effect  if  the  previous
               search was modified by ^F or ^K.
 
-       N      Repeat  previous  search, but in the reverse direc-
+       N      Repeat  previous  search, but in the reverse direc­
               tion.
 
-       ESC-n  Repeat previous search, but  crossing  file  bound-
+       ESC-n  Repeat previous search, but  crossing  file  bound­
               aries.   The  effect  is  as if the previous search
               were modified by *.
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   5
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   5
 
 
 
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-       ESC-N  Repeat previous search, but in the  reverse  direc-
+       ESC-N  Repeat previous search, but in the  reverse  direc­
               tion and crossing file boundaries.
 
        ESC-u  Undo search highlighting.  Turn off highlighting of
@@ -352,11 +352,11 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
               below) from the list of files in the  command  line
               is re-examined.  A percent sign (%) in the filename
               is replaced by the name of  the  current  file.   A
-              pound  sign (#) is replaced by the name of the pre-
+              pound  sign (#) is replaced by the name of the pre­
               viously examined file.   However,  two  consecutive
               percent  signs  are  simply  replaced with a single
               percent sign.  This allows you to enter a  filename
-              that  contains  a  percent sign in the name.  Simi-
+              that  contains  a  percent sign in the name.  Simi­
               larly, two consecutive  pound  signs  are  replaced
               with a single pound sign.  The filename is inserted
               into the command line list of files so that it  can
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
               double quotes (also see the -" option).
 
        ^X^V or E
-              Same as :e.  Warning: some systems use ^V as a spe-
+              Same as :e.  Warning: some systems use ^V as a spe­
               cial  literalization  character.   On such systems,
               you may not be able to use ^V.
 
@@ -386,12 +386,12 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
        :d     Remove the current file from the list of files.
 
-       = or ^G or :f
-              Prints  some  information  about  the  file   being
+       t      Go to the next tag, if there  were  more  than  one
+              matches for the current tag.  See the -t option for
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   6
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   6
 
 
 
@@ -400,75 +400,82 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-              viewed,  including its name and the line number and
+              more details about tags.
+
+       T      Go to the previous tag, if there were more than one
+              matches for the current tag.
+
+       = or ^G or :f
+              Prints   some  information  about  the  file  being
+              viewed, including its name and the line number  and
               byte offset of the bottom line being displayed.  If
-              possible,  it  also  prints the length of the file,
-              the number of lines in the file and the percent  of
+              possible, it also prints the length  of  the  file,
+              the  number of lines in the file and the percent of
               the file above the last displayed line.
 
-       -      Followed  by one of the command line option letters
-              (see OPTIONS below), this will change  the  setting
-              of  that  option and print a message describing the
-              new setting.  If a ^P (CONTROL-P) is entered  imme-
-              diately  after  the dash, the setting of the option
-              is changed but  no  message  is  printed.   If  the
-              option  letter  has  a numeric value (such as -b or
-              -h), or a string value (such as -P or  -t),  a  new
-              value  may  be entered after the option letter.  If
-              no new value is entered, a message  describing  the
-              current  setting is printed and nothing is changed.
-
-       --     Like the - command, but takes a  long  option  name
-              (see  OPTIONS  below)  rather  than a single option
-              letter.  You must press  RETURN  after  typing  the
-              option  name.   A  ^P  immediately after the second
-              dash suppresses printing of  a  message  describing
+       -      Followed by one of the command line option  letters
+              (see  OPTIONS  below), this will change the setting
+              of that option and print a message  describing  the
+              new  setting.  If a ^P (CONTROL-P) is entered imme­
+              diately after the dash, the setting of  the  option
+              is  changed  but  no  message  is  printed.  If the
+              option letter has a numeric value (such  as  -b  or
+              -h),  or  a  string value (such as -P or -t), a new
+              value may be entered after the option  letter.   If
+              no  new  value is entered, a message describing the
+              current setting is printed and nothing is  changed.
+
+       --     Like  the  -  command, but takes a long option name
+              (see OPTIONS below) rather  than  a  single  option
+              letter.   You  must  press  RETURN after typing the
+              option name.  A ^P  immediately  after  the  second
+              dash  suppresses  printing  of a message describing
               the new setting, as in the - command.
 
-       -+     Followed  by one of the command line option letters
-              this will reset the option to its  default  setting
-              and  print  a  message  describing the new setting.
-              (The "-+_X" command does the same thing as "-+_X"  on
-              the  command line.)  This does not work for string-
+       -+     Followed by one of the command line option  letters
+              this  will  reset the option to its default setting
+              and print a message  describing  the  new  setting.
+              (The  "-+_X" command does the same thing as "-+_X" on
+              the command line.)  This does not work for  string-
               valued options.
 
-       --+    Like the -+ command, but takes a long  option  name
+       --+    Like  the  -+ command, but takes a long option name
               rather than a single option letter.
 
        -!     Followed by one of the command line option letters,
               this will reset the option to the "opposite" of its
-              default  setting and print a message describing the
-              new setting.  This does not  work  for  numeric  or
+              default setting and print a message describing  the
+              new  setting.   This  does  not work for numeric or
               string-valued options.
 
-       --!    Like  the  -! command, but takes a long option name
+       --!    Like the -! command, but takes a long  option  name
               rather than a single option letter.
 
-       _      (Underscore.)  Followed by one of the command  line
-              option  letters, this will print a message describ-
-              ing the current setting of that option.   The  set-
-              ting of the option is not changed.
+       _      (Underscore.)   Followed by one of the command line
+              option letters, this will print a message  describ­
+              ing  the  current  setting  of  that  option.   The
 
-       __     (Double  underscore.)  Like the _ (underscore) com-
-              mand, but takes a long option name  rather  than  a
-              single  option letter.  You must press RETURN after
-              typing the option name.
 
 
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   7
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   7
 
 
 
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+              setting of the option is not changed.
 
+       __     (Double underscore.)  Like the _ (underscore)  com­
+              mand,  but  takes  a long option name rather than a
+              single option letter.  You must press RETURN  after
+              typing the option name.
 
        +cmd   Causes the specified cmd to be executed each time a
-              new  file is examined.  For example, +G causes _l_e_s_s
-              to initially display each file starting at the  end
+              new file is examined.  For example, +G causes  _l_e_s_s
+              to  initially display each file starting at the end
               rather than the beginning.
 
        V      Prints the version number of _l_e_s_s being run.
@@ -476,54 +483,47 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
        q or Q or :q or :Q or ZZ
               Exits _l_e_s_s_.
 
-       The  following  four  commands  may  or  may not be valid,
+       The following four commands  may  or  may  not  be  valid,
        depending on your particular installation.
 
 
-       v      Invokes an editor to edit the  current  file  being
-              viewed.   The  editor is taken from the environment
-              variable VISUAL if defined, or EDITOR if VISUAL  is
-              not  defined, or defaults to "vi" if neither VISUAL
-              nor EDITOR is defined.  See also the discussion  of
+       v      Invokes  an  editor  to edit the current file being
+              viewed.  The editor is taken from  the  environment
+              variable  VISUAL if defined, or EDITOR if VISUAL is
+              not defined, or defaults to "vi" if neither  VISUAL
+              nor  EDITOR is defined.  See also the discussion of
               LESSEDIT under the section on PROMPTS below.
 
        ! shell-command
-              Invokes  a shell to run the shell-command given.  A
-              percent sign (%) in the command is replaced by  the
-              name  of  the  current  file.   A pound sign (#) is
-              replaced by the name  of  the  previously  examined
-              file.   "!!"  repeats  the last shell command.  "!"
-              with no shell command simply invokes a  shell.   On
-              Unix  systems, the shell is taken from the environ-
-              ment variable SHELL, or defaults to "sh".   On  MS-
-              DOS  and OS/2 systems, the shell is the normal com-
+              Invokes a shell to run the shell-command given.   A
+              percent  sign (%) in the command is replaced by the
+              name of the current file.   A  pound  sign  (#)  is
+              replaced  by  the  name  of the previously examined
+              file.  "!!" repeats the last  shell  command.   "!"
+              with  no  shell command simply invokes a shell.  On
+              Unix systems, the shell is taken from the  environ­
+              ment  variable  SHELL, or defaults to "sh".  On MS-
+              DOS and OS/2 systems, the shell is the normal  com­
               mand processor.
 
        | <m> shell-command
               <m> represents any mark letter.  Pipes a section of
-              the  input  file  to  the given shell command.  The
-              section of the file to  be  piped  is  between  the
-              first  line  on the current screen and the position
-              marked by the letter.  <m> may also be ^  or  $  to
+              the input file to the  given  shell  command.   The
+              section  of  the  file  to  be piped is between the
+              first line on the current screen and  the  position
+              marked  by  the  letter.  <m> may also be ^ or $ to
               indicate beginning or end of file respectively.  If
               <m> is . or newline, the current screen is piped.
 
        s filename
-              Save the input to a file.  This only works  if  the
+              Save  the  input to a file.  This only works if the
               input is a pipe, not an ordinary file.
 
 
-OOPPTTIIOONNSS
-       Command  line  options  are described below.  Most options
-       may be changed while _l_e_s_s is running, via the "-" command.
-
-       Most  options  may  be given in one of two forms: either a
-       dash followed by a single letter, or two  dashes  followed
-       by  a  long  option  name.   A  long  option  name  may be
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   8
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   8
 
 
 
@@ -532,17 +532,24 @@ OOPPTTIIOONNSS
 LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-       abbreviated as long as the  abbreviation  is  unambiguous.
-       For  example, --quit-at-eof may be abbreviated --quit, but
-       not --qui, since both --quit-at-eof and --quiet begin with
-       --qui.   Some  long option names are in uppercase, such as
-       --QUIT-AT-EOF,  as  distinct  from  --quit-at-eof.    Such
-       option  names  need  only have their first letter capital-
-       ized; the remainder of the name may  be  in  either  case.
+OOPPTTIIOONNSS
+       Command line options are described  below.   Most  options
+       may be changed while _l_e_s_s is running, via the "-" command.
+
+       Most options may be given in one of two  forms:  either  a
+       dash  followed  by a single letter, or two dashes followed
+       by a long option name.  A long option name may be abbrevi­
+       ated  as  long  as  the  abbreviation is unambiguous.  For
+       example, --quit-at-eof may be abbreviated --quit, but  not
+       --qui,  since  both  --quit-at-eof  and --quiet begin with
+       --qui.  Some long option names are in uppercase,  such  as
+       --QUIT-AT-EOF,   as  distinct  from  --quit-at-eof.   Such
+       option names need only have their  first  letter  capital­
+       ized;  the  remainder  of  the name may be in either case.
        For example, --Quit-at-eof is equivalent to --QUIT-AT-EOF.
 
-       Options are  also  taken  from  the  environment  variable
-       "LESS".   For example, to avoid typing "less -options ..."
+       Options  are  also  taken  from  the  environment variable
+       "LESS".  For example, to avoid typing "less -options  ..."
        each time _l_e_s_s is invoked, you might tell _c_s_h_:
 
        setenv LESS "-options"
@@ -551,18 +558,18 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
        LESS="-options"; export LESS
 
-       On MS-DOS, you don't  need  the  quotes,  but  you  should
-       replace  any percent signs in the options string by double
+       On  MS-DOS,  you  don't  need  the  quotes, but you should
+       replace any percent signs in the options string by  double
        percent signs.
 
-       The environment variable  is  parsed  before  the  command
-       line,  so  command line options override the LESS environ-
+       The  environment  variable  is  parsed  before the command
+       line, so command line options override the  LESS  environ­
        ment variable.  If an option appears in the LESS variable,
-       it  can  be reset to its default value on the command line
+       it can be reset to its default value on the  command  line
        by beginning the command line option with "-+".
 
        For options like -P or -D which take a following string, a
-       dollar  sign  ($)  must  be  used to signal the end of the
+       dollar sign ($) must be used to  signal  the  end  of  the
        string.  For example, to set two -D options on MS-DOS, you
        must have a dollar sign between them, like this:
 
@@ -570,26 +577,19 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
        -? or --help
-              This  option  displays  a  summary  of the commands
-              accepted by _l_e_s_s  (the  same  as  the  h  command).
-              (Depending  on  how your shell interprets the ques-
-              tion mark, it may be necessary to quote  the  ques-
+              This option displays  a  summary  of  the  commands
+              accepted  by  _l_e_s_s  (the  same  as  the h command).
+              (Depending on how your shell interprets  the  ques­
+              tion  mark,  it may be necessary to quote the ques­
               tion mark, thus: "-\?".)
 
        -a or --search-skip-screen
-              Causes  searches  to start after the last line dis-
-              played on the screen, thus skipping all lines  dis-
-              played  on  the screen.  By default, searches start
-              at the second line on the screen (or after the last
-              found line; see the -j option).
-
-       -b_n or --buffers=_n
-              Specifies  the  number of buffers _l_e_s_s will use for
-              each file.  Buffers  are  1K,  and  by  default  10
+              Causes searches to start after the last  line  dis­
+              played  on  the  screen,  thus  skipping  all lines
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   9
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   9
 
 
 
@@ -598,26 +598,33 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-              buffers  are used for each file (except if the file
-              is a pipe; see the -B option).  The number _n speci-
+              displayed on  the  screen.   By  default,  searches
+              start  at  the  second line on the screen (or after
+              the last found line; see the -j option).
+
+       -b_n or --buffers=_n
+              Specifies the number of buffers _l_e_s_s will  use  for
+              each  file.   Buffers  are  1K,  and  by default 10
+              buffers are used for each file (except if the  file
+              is a pipe; see the -B option).  The number _n speci­
               fies a different number of buffers to use.
 
        -B or --auto-buffers
-              By  default, when data is read from a pipe, buffers
-              are allocated automatically as needed.  If a  large
-              amount  of  data  is  read  from the pipe, this can
-              cause a large amount of  memory  to  be  allocated.
+              By default, when data is read from a pipe,  buffers
+              are  allocated automatically as needed.  If a large
+              amount of data is read  from  the  pipe,  this  can
+              cause  a  large  amount  of memory to be allocated.
               The -B option disables this automatic allocation of
-              buffers for pipes,  so  that  only  the  number  of
-              buffers specified by the -b option are used.  Warn-
-              ing: use of -B can  result  in  erroneous  display,
-              since  only  the  most  recently viewed part of the
+              buffers  for  pipes,  so  that  only  the number of
+              buffers specified by the -b option are used.  Warn­
+              ing:  use  of  -B  can result in erroneous display,
+              since only the most recently  viewed  part  of  the
               file is kept in memory; any earlier data is lost.
 
        -c or --clear-screen
-              Causes full screen repaints to be painted from  the
-              top  line  down.   By default, full screen repaints
-              are done  by  scrolling  from  the  bottom  of  the
+              Causes  full screen repaints to be painted from the
+              top line down.  By default,  full  screen  repaints
+              are  done  by  scrolling  from  the  bottom  of the
               screen.
 
        -C or --CLEAR-SCREEN
@@ -626,102 +633,95 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
        -d or --dumb
               The -d option suppresses the error message normally
-              displayed  if  the terminal is dumb; that is, lacks
-              some important capability, such as the  ability  to
+              displayed if the terminal is dumb; that  is,  lacks
+              some  important  capability, such as the ability to
               clear the screen or scroll backward.  The -d option
               does not otherwise change the behavior of _l_e_s_s on a
               dumb terminal).
 
        -Dxx_c_o_l_o_r or --color=xx_c_o_l_o_r
               [MS-DOS only] Sets the color of the text displayed.
-              xx is a single character which selects the  type  of
-              text  whose  color is being set: n=normal, s=stand-
-              out, d=bold, u=underlined,  k=blink.   _c_o_l_o_r  is  a
-              pair  of  numbers separated by a period.  The first
-              number selects the foreground color and the  second
+              xx  is  a single character which selects the type of
+              text whose color is being set:  n=normal,  s=stand­
+              out,  d=bold,  u=underlined,  k=blink.   _c_o_l_o_r is a
+              pair of numbers separated by a period.   The  first
+              number  selects the foreground color and the second
               selects the background color of the text.  A single
               number _N is the same as _N_._0.
 
        -e or --quit-at-eof
-              Causes _l_e_s_s to automatically exit the  second  time
-              it  reaches  end-of-file.  By default, the only way
-              to exit _l_e_s_s is via the "q" command.
-
-       -E or --QUIT-AT-EOF
-              Causes _l_e_s_s to automatically exit the first time it
-              reaches end-of-file.
+              Causes  _l_e_s_s  to automatically exit the second time
+              it reaches end-of-file.  By default, the  only  way
 
 
 
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  10
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  10
 
 
 
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+              to exit _l_e_s_s is via the "q" command.
 
+       -E or --QUIT-AT-EOF
+              Causes _l_e_s_s to automatically exit the first time it
+              reaches end-of-file.
 
        -f or --force
-              Forces non-regular files to be opened.  (A non-reg-
+              Forces non-regular files to be opened.  (A non-reg­
               ular file is a directory or a device special file.)
-              Also  suppresses  the warning message when a binary
-              file is opened.  By default, _l_e_s_s  will  refuse  to
+              Also suppresses the warning message when  a  binary
+              file  is  opened.   By default, _l_e_s_s will refuse to
               open non-regular files.
 
        -F or --quit-if-one-screen
-              Causes  _l_e_s_s  to  automatically  exit if the entire
+              Causes _l_e_s_s to automatically  exit  if  the  entire
               file can be displayed on the first screen.
 
        -g or --hilite-search
-              Normally, _l_e_s_s will  highlight  ALL  strings  which
-              match  the  last  search  command.   The  -g option
-              changes this behavior to highlight only the partic-
-              ular string which was found by the last search com-
-              mand.  This can cause _l_e_s_s to run  somewhat  faster
+              Normally,  _l_e_s_s  will  highlight  ALL strings which
+              match the  last  search  command.   The  -g  option
+              changes this behavior to highlight only the partic­
+              ular string which was found by the last search com­
+              mand.   This  can cause _l_e_s_s to run somewhat faster
               than the default.
 
        -G or --HILITE-SEARCH
-              The   -G  option  suppresses  all  highlighting  of
+              The  -G  option  suppresses  all  highlighting   of
               strings found by search commands.
 
        -h_n or ---max-back-scroll=_n
-              Specifies a maximum number of lines to scroll back-
-              ward.   If  it is necessary to scroll backward more
-              than _n lines, the screen is repainted in a  forward
-              direction  instead.  (If the terminal does not have
+              Specifies a maximum number of lines to scroll back­
+              ward.  If it is necessary to scroll  backward  more
+              than  _n lines, the screen is repainted in a forward
+              direction instead.  (If the terminal does not  have
               the ability to scroll backward, -h0 is implied.)
 
        -i or --ignore-case
-              Causes searches to ignore case; that is,  uppercase
-              and   lowercase  are  considered  identical.   This
-              option is ignored if any uppercase  letters  appear
+              Causes  searches to ignore case; that is, uppercase
+              and  lowercase  are  considered  identical.    This
+              option  is  ignored if any uppercase letters appear
               in the search pattern; in other words, if a pattern
-              contains uppercase letters, then that  search  does
+              contains  uppercase  letters, then that search does
               not ignore case.
 
        -I or --IGNORE-CASE
-              Like  -i, but searches ignore case even if the pat-
+              Like -i, but searches ignore case even if the  pat­
               tern contains uppercase letters.
 
        -j_n or --jump-target=_n
-              Specifies a line on the screen where  the  "target"
-              line  is  to  be  positioned.  A target line is the
+              Specifies  a  line on the screen where the "target"
+              line is to be positioned.  A  target  line  is  the
               object of a text search, tag search, jump to a line
-              number,  jump  to  a  file percentage, or jump to a
+              number, jump to a file percentage,  or  jump  to  a
               marked position.  The screen line is specified by a
-              number:  the  top line on the screen is 1, the next
-              is 2, and so on.  The number  may  be  negative  to
-              specify  a  line  relative  to  the  bottom  of the
-              screen: the bottom line on the screen  is  -1,  the
-              second  to  the bottom is -2, and so on.  If the -j
-              option  is  used,  searches  begin  at   the   line
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  11
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  11
 
 
 
@@ -730,20 +730,27 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-              immediately after the target line.  For example, if
-              "-j4" is used, the target line is the  fourth  line
-              on  the screen, so searches begin at the fifth line
-              on the screen.
+              number: the top line on the screen is 1,  the  next
+              is  2,  and  so  on.  The number may be negative to
+              specify a  line  relative  to  the  bottom  of  the
+              screen:  the  bottom  line on the screen is -1, the
+              second to the bottom is -2, and so on.  If  the  -j
+              option  is used, searches begin at the line immedi­
+              ately after the target line.  For example, if "-j4"
+              is  used, the target line is the fourth line on the
+              screen, so searches begin at the fifth line on  the
+              screen.
 
        -J or --status-column
-              Displays a status column at the left  edge  of  the
-              screen.   The  status column is used only if the -w
-              or -W option is in effect.
+              Displays  a  status  column at the left edge of the
+              screen.  The status column  shows  the  lines  that
+              matched  the  current search.  The status column is
+              also used if the -w or -W option is in effect.
 
        -k_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e or --lesskey-file=_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e
               Causes _l_e_s_s to open and interpret the named file as
               a  _l_e_s_s_k_e_y  (1)  file.   Multiple -k options may be
-              specified.  If the LESSKEY or LESSKEY_SYSTEM  envi-
+              specified.  If the LESSKEY or LESSKEY_SYSTEM  envi­
               ronment  variable  is  set, or if a lesskey file is
               found in a standard place (see KEY BINDINGS), it is
               also used as a _l_e_s_s_k_e_y file.
@@ -769,7 +776,7 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
               discussion of LESSEDIT in PROMPTS below).
 
        -N or --LINE-NUMBERS
-              Causes a line number to be displayed at the  begin-
+              Causes a line number to be displayed at the  begin­
               ning of each line in the display.
 
        -o_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e or --log-file=_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e
@@ -777,25 +784,25 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
               it is being viewed.  This  applies  only  when  the
               input file is a pipe, not an ordinary file.  If the
               file already exists, _l_e_s_s will ask for confirmation
-              before overwriting it.
 
-       -O_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e or --LOG-FILE=_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e
-              The  -O option is like -o, but it will overwrite an
-              existing file without asking for confirmation.
 
-              If no log file has been specified, the  -o  and  -O
 
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  12
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  12
 
 
 
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+              before overwriting it.
 
+       -O_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e or --LOG-FILE=_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e
+              The  -O option is like -o, but it will overwrite an
+              existing file without asking for confirmation.
 
+              If no log file has been specified, the  -o  and  -O
               options  can  be used from within _l_e_s_s to specify a
               log file.  Without a file name,  they  will  simply
               report  the  name of the log file.  The "s" command
@@ -818,19 +825,20 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
               prompt to that string.  -Pm changes the medium (-m)
               prompt.   -PM  changes  the  long (-M) prompt.  -Ph
               changes  the  prompt  for  the  help  screen.   -P=
-              changes  the message printed by the = command.  All
-              prompt strings consist of a sequence of letters and
-              special  escape  sequences.   See  the  section  on
-              PROMPTS for more details.
+              changes  the message printed by the = command.  -Pw
+              changes the message printed while waiting for  data
+              (in  the F command).  All prompt strings consist of
+              a sequence of letters and special escape sequences.
+              See the section on PROMPTS for more details.
 
        -q or --quiet or --silent
-              Causes moderately "quiet" operation:  the  terminal
-              bell  is  not  rung if an attempt is made to scroll
+              Causes  moderately  "quiet" operation: the terminal
+              bell is not rung if an attempt is  made  to  scroll
               past the end of the file or before the beginning of
-              the  file.  If the terminal has a "visual bell", it
-              is used instead.  The bell will be rung on  certain
-              other  errors, such as typing an invalid character.
-              The default is to ring the  terminal  bell  in  all
+              the file.  If the terminal has a "visual bell",  it
+              is  used instead.  The bell will be rung on certain
+              other errors, such as typing an invalid  character.
+              The  default  is  to  ring the terminal bell in all
               such cases.
 
        -Q or --QUIET or --SILENT
@@ -838,22 +846,14 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
               is never rung.
 
        -r or --raw-control-chars
-              Causes "raw" control characters  to  be  displayed.
-              The  default is to display control characters using
+              Causes  "raw"  control  characters to be displayed.
+              The default is to display control characters  using
               the caret notation; for example, a control-A (octal
-              001)  is  displayed  as "^A".  Warning: when the -r
-              option is used,  _l_e_s_s  cannot  keep  track  of  the
-              actual appearance of the screen (since this depends
-              on how the screen responds to each type of  control
-              character).   Thus,  various  display  problems may
-              result, such as long lines being split in the wrong
-              place.
-
-
+              001) is displayed as "^A".  Warning:  when  the  -r
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  13
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  13
 
 
 
@@ -862,85 +862,98 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
+              option  is  used,  _l_e_s_s  cannot  keep  track of the
+              actual appearance of the screen (since this depends
+              on  how the screen responds to each type of control
+              character).  Thus,  various  display  problems  may
+              result, such as long lines being split in the wrong
+              place.
+
        -R or --RAW-CONTROL-CHARS
-              Like  -r,  but  tries  to  keep track of the screen
-              appearance where possible.  This works only if  the
-              input  consists  of  normal  text and possibly some
-              ANSI "color" escape sequences, which are  sequences
+              Like -r, but tries to  keep  track  of  the  screen
+              appearance  where possible.  This works only if the
+              input consists of normal  text  and  possibly  some
+              ANSI  "color" escape sequences, which are sequences
               of the form:
 
                    ESC [ ... m
 
-              where  the  "..."  is zero or more characters other
-              than "m".  For the  purpose  of  keeping  track  of
-              screen  appearance,  all control characters and all
+              where the "..." is zero or  more  characters  other
+              than  "m".   For  the  purpose  of keeping track of
+              screen appearance, all control characters  and  all
               ANSI color escape sequences are assumed to not move
-              the  cursor.   You can make _l_e_s_s think that charac-
-              ters other than  "m"  can  end  ANSI  color  escape
-              sequences   by  setting  the  environment  variable
-              LESSANSIENDCHARS to the list  of  characters  which
+              the cursor.  You can make _l_e_s_s think  that  charac­
+              ters  other  than  "m"  can  end  ANSI color escape
+              sequences  by  setting  the  environment   variable
+              LESSANSIENDCHARS  to  the  list of characters which
               can end a color escape sequence.
 
        -s or --squeeze-blank-lines
-              Causes  consecutive blank lines to be squeezed into
-              a single blank line.  This is useful  when  viewing
+              Causes consecutive blank lines to be squeezed  into
+              a  single  blank line.  This is useful when viewing
               _n_r_o_f_f output.
 
        -S or --chop-long-lines
-              Causes  lines  longer  than  the screen width to be
+              Causes lines longer than the  screen  width  to  be
               chopped rather than folded.  That is, the remainder
               of a long line is simply discarded.  The default is
-              to fold long lines; that is, display the  remainder
+              to  fold long lines; that is, display the remainder
               on the next line.
 
        -t_t_a_g or --tag=_t_a_g
-              The  -t option, followed immediately by a TAG, will
-              edit the file containing that  tag.   For  this  to
-              work,  there  must  be  a file called "tags" in the
-              current directory, which was  previously  built  by
-              the  _c_t_a_g_s  (1)  command.   This option may also be
-              specified from within _l_e_s_s (using the - command) as
-              a way of examining a new file.  The command ":t" is
-              equivalent to specifying -t from within _l_e_s_s_.
+              The -t option, followed immediately by a TAG,  will
+              edit  the  file  containing  that tag.  For this to
+              work, tag information must be available; for  exam­
+              ple,  there  may be a file in the current directory
+              called "tags", which was previously built by  _c_t_a_g_s
+              (1)  or  an equivalent command.  If the environment
+              variable LESSGLOBALTAGS is set, it is taken  to  be
+              the  name  of a command compatible with _g_l_o_b_a_l (1),
+              and that command is executed to find the tag.  (See
+              http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html).
+              The -t option may also  be  specified  from  within
+              _l_e_s_s  (using the - command) as a way of examining a
+              new file.  The command ":t" is equivalent to speci­
+              fying -t from within _l_e_s_s_.
 
-       -T_t_a_g_s_f_i_l_e or --tag-file=_t_a_g_s_f_i_l_e
-              Specifies a tags file to be used instead of "tags".
 
-       -u or --underline-special
-              Causes   backspaces  and  carriage  returns  to  be
-              treated as printable characters; that is, they  are
-              sent to the terminal when they appear in the input.
 
-       -U or --UNDERLINE-SPECIAL
-              Causes backspaces, tabs and carriage returns to  be
-              treated  as  control  characters; that is, they are
-              handled as specified by the -r option.
 
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  14
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  14
 
 
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
+       -T_t_a_g_s_f_i_l_e or --tag-file=_t_a_g_s_f_i_l_e
+              Specifies a tags file to be used instead of "tags".
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+       -u or --underline-special
+              Causes  backspaces  and  carriage  returns  to   be
+              treated  as printable characters; that is, they are
+              sent to the terminal when they appear in the input.
 
+       -U or --UNDERLINE-SPECIAL
+              Causes  backspaces, tabs and carriage returns to be
+              treated as control characters; that  is,  they  are
+              handled as specified by the -r option.
 
-              By  default,  if  neither  -u  nor  -U  is   given,
-              backspaces  which  appear adjacent to an underscore
-              character are  treated  specially:  the  underlined
-              text  is  displayed  using  the terminal's hardware
+              By   default,  if  neither  -u  nor  -U  is  given,
+              backspaces which appear adjacent to  an  underscore
+              character  are  treated  specially:  the underlined
+              text is displayed  using  the  terminal's  hardware
               underlining  capability.   Also,  backspaces  which
               appear between two identical characters are treated
               specially: the overstruck text is printed using the
               terminal's  hardware  boldface  capability.   Other
-              backspaces are deleted, along  with  the  preceding
-              character.   Carriage  returns immediately followed
-              by a newline are deleted.  other  carriage  returns
-              are  handled  as  specified by the -r option.  Text
-              which is overstruck or underlined can  be  searched
+              backspaces  are  deleted,  along with the preceding
+              character.  Carriage returns  immediately  followed
+              by  a  newline are deleted.  other carriage returns
+              are handled as specified by the  -r  option.   Text
+              which  is  overstruck or underlined can be searched
               for if neither -u nor -U is in effect.
 
        -V or --version
@@ -948,135 +961,145 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
        -w or --hilite-unread
               Temporarily highlights the first "new" line after a
-              forward movement of a full page.  The  first  "new"
-              line  is  the  line  immediately following the line
-              previously at the bottom of the screen.  Also high-
+              forward  movement  of a full page.  The first "new"
+              line is the line  immediately  following  the  line
+              previously at the bottom of the screen.  Also high­
               lights the target line after a g or p command.  The
-              highlight is removed  at  the  next  command  which
-              causes  movement.   The entire line is highlighted,
-              unless the -J option is in effect,  in  which  case
+              highlight  is  removed  at  the  next command which
+              causes movement.  The entire line  is  highlighted,
+              unless  the  -J  option is in effect, in which case
               only the status column is highlighted.
 
        -W or --HILITE-UNREAD
-              Like  -w,  but temporarily highlights the first new
+              Like -w, but temporarily highlights the  first  new
               line after any forward movement command larger than
               one line.
 
-       -x_n or --tabs=_n
-              Sets  tab stops every _n positions.  The default for
-              _n is 8.
+       -x_n,... or --tabs=_n,...
+              Sets tab stops.  If only one _n  is  specified,  tab
+              stops  are set at multiples of _n.  If multiple val­
+              ues separated by commas are  specified,  tab  stops
+              are  set at those positions, and then continue with
+              the same spacing as the  last  two.   For  example,
+              _-_x_9_,_1_7  will  set  tabs at positions 9, 17, 25, 33,
 
-       -X or --no-init
-              Disables sending  the  termcap  initialization  and
-              deinitialization  strings to the terminal.  This is
-              sometimes desirable if the deinitialization  string
-              does   something  unnecessary,  like  clearing  the
-              screen.
 
-       -y_n or --max-forw-scroll=_n
-              Specifies a maximum number of lines to scroll  for-
-              ward.   If  it  is necessary to scroll forward more
-              than _n lines, the screen is repainted instead.  The
-              -c or -C option may be used to repaint from the top
-              of the screen if desired.  By default, any  forward
-              movement causes scrolling.
 
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  15
 
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  15
 
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
+              etc.  The default for _n is 8.
 
+       -X or --no-init
+              Disables sending  the  termcap  initialization  and
+              deinitialization  strings to the terminal.  This is
+              sometimes desirable if the deinitialization  string
+              does   something  unnecessary,  like  clearing  the
+              screen.
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+       --no-keypad
+              Disables  sending  the  keypad  initialization  and
+              deinitialization  strings to the terminal.  This is
+              sometimes useful if the  keypad  strings  make  the
+              numeric keypad behave in an undesirable manner.
 
+       -y_n or --max-forw-scroll=_n
+              Specifies  a maximum number of lines to scroll for­
+              ward.  If it is necessary to  scroll  forward  more
+              than _n lines, the screen is repainted instead.  The
+              -c or -C option may be used to repaint from the top
+              of  the screen if desired.  By default, any forward
+              movement causes scrolling.
 
        -[z]_n or --window=_n
-              Changes  the  default  scrolling  window  size to _n
-              lines.  The default is one screenful.  The z and  w
-              commands  can  also  be  used  to change the window
-              size.  The "z" may  be  omitted  for  compatibility
-              with  _m_o_r_e_.   If the number _n is negative, it indi-
-              cates _n lines less than the  current  screen  size.
-              For  example,  if the screen is 24 lines, _-_z_-_4 sets
+              Changes the default  scrolling  window  size  to  _n
+              lines.   The default is one screenful.  The z and w
+              commands can also be  used  to  change  the  window
+              size.   The  "z"  may  be omitted for compatibility
+              with _m_o_r_e_.  If the number _n is negative,  it  indi­
+              cates  _n  lines  less than the current screen size.
+              For example, if the screen is 24 lines,  _-_z_-_4  sets
               the scrolling window to 20 lines.  If the screen is
-              resized to 40 lines, the scrolling window automati-
+              resized to 40 lines, the scrolling window automati­
               cally changes to 36 lines.
 
        -"_c_c or --quotes=_c_c
-              Changes the filename quoting character.   This  may
+              Changes  the  filename quoting character.  This may
               be necessary if you are trying to name a file which
-              contains both spaces and  quote  characters.   Fol-
+              contains  both  spaces  and quote characters.  Fol­
               lowed by a single character, this changes the quote
-              character to that character.  Filenames  containing
+              character  to that character.  Filenames containing
               a space should then be surrounded by that character
-              rather than by  double  quotes.   Followed  by  two
-              characters,  changes  the  open  quote to the first
-              character, and the close quote to the second  char-
+              rather  than  by  double  quotes.   Followed by two
+              characters, changes the open  quote  to  the  first
+              character,  and the close quote to the second char­
               acter.  Filenames containing a space should then be
-              preceded by the open quote character  and  followed
+              preceded  by  the open quote character and followed
               by the close quote character.  Note that even after
               the  quote  characters  are  changed,  this  option
               remains -" (a dash followed by a double quote).
 
        -~ or --tilde
               Normally lines after end of file are displayed as a
-              single tilde (~).  This option causes  lines  after
-              end of file to be displayed as blank lines.
+              single  tilde  (~).  This option causes lines after
 
-       -# or --shift
-              Specifies the default number of positions to scroll
-              horizontally in the RIGHTARROW and  LEFTARROW  com-
-              mands.   If  the  number specified is zero, it sets
-              the default number of positions to one half of  the
-              screen width.
 
-       --     A  command  line  argument of "--" marks the end of
-              option arguments.  Any arguments following this are
-              interpreted  as filenames.  This can be useful when
-              viewing a file whose name begins with a "-" or "+".
 
-       +      If a command line option begins with ++, the remain-
-              der of that option is taken to be an  initial  com-
-              mand  to _l_e_s_s_.  For example, +G tells _l_e_s_s to start
-              at the end of the file rather than  the  beginning,
-              and +/xyz tells it to start at the first occurrence
-              of "xyz" in the file.  As a special case, +<number>
-              acts  like  +<number>g; that is, it starts the dis-
-              play at the specified line number (however, see the
-              caveat under the "g" command above).  If the option
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  16
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  16
 
 
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
+              end of file to be displayed as blank lines.
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+       -# or --shift
+              Specifies the default number of positions to scroll
+              horizontally  in  the RIGHTARROW and LEFTARROW com­
+              mands.  If the number specified is  zero,  it  sets
+              the  default number of positions to one half of the
+              screen width.
 
+       --     A command line argument of "--" marks  the  end  of
+              option arguments.  Any arguments following this are
+              interpreted as filenames.  This can be useful  when
+              viewing a file whose name begins with a "-" or "+".
 
-              starts with ++,  the  initial  command  applies  to
-              every  file  being  viewed, not just the first one.
+       +      If a command line option begins with ++, the remain­
+              der  of  that option is taken to be an initial com­
+              mand to _l_e_s_s_.  For example, +G tells _l_e_s_s to  start
+              at  the  end of the file rather than the beginning,
+              and +/xyz tells it to start at the first occurrence
+              of "xyz" in the file.  As a special case, +<number>
+              acts like +<number>g; that is, it starts  the  dis­
+              play at the specified line number (however, see the
+              caveat under the "g" command above).  If the option
+              starts  with  ++,  the  initial  command applies to
+              every file being viewed, not just  the  first  one.
               The + command described previously may also be used
-              to  set  (or  change)  an initial command for every
+              to set (or change) an  initial  command  for  every
               file.
 
 
 LLIINNEE EEDDIITTIINNGG
-       When entering command line at the  bottom  of  the  screen
-       (for  example,  a filename for the :e command, or the pat-
-       tern for a search command), certain keys can  be  used  to
-       manipulate the command line.  Most commands have an alter-
-       nate form in [ brackets ] which can be used if a key  does
-       not  exist on a particular keyboard.  (The bracketed forms
-       do not work in the MS-DOS version.)  Any of these  special
-       keys  may  be  entered  literally by preceding it with the
-       "literal" character, either ^V or ^A.  A backslash  itself
+       When  entering  command  line  at the bottom of the screen
+       (for example, a filename for the :e command, or  the  pat­
+       tern  for  a  search command), certain keys can be used to
+       manipulate the command line.  Most commands have an alter­
+       nate  form in [ brackets ] which can be used if a key does
+       not exist on a particular keyboard.  (The bracketed  forms
+       do  not work in the MS-DOS version.)  Any of these special
+       keys may be entered literally by  preceding  it  with  the
+       "literal"  character, either ^V or ^A.  A backslash itself
        may also be entered literally by entering two backslashes.
 
        LEFTARROW [ ESC-h ]
@@ -1086,11 +1109,23 @@ LLIINNEE EEDDIITTIINNGG
               Move the cursor one space to the right.
 
        ^LEFTARROW [ ESC-b or ESC-LEFTARROW ]
-              (That is, CONTROL  and  LEFTARROW  simultaneously.)
+              (That  is,  CONTROL  and LEFTARROW simultaneously.)
               Move the cursor one word to the left.
 
        ^RIGHTARROW [ ESC-w or ESC-RIGHTARROW ]
-              (That  is,  CONTROL and RIGHTARROW simultaneously.)
+              (That is, CONTROL and  RIGHTARROW  simultaneously.)
+
+
+
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  17
+
+
+
+
+
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+
+
               Move the cursor one word to the right.
 
        HOME [ ESC-0 ]
@@ -1100,90 +1135,55 @@ LLIINNEE EEDDIITTIINNGG
               Move the cursor to the end of the line.
 
        BACKSPACE
-              Delete the character to the left of the cursor,  or
+              Delete  the character to the left of the cursor, or
               cancel the command if the command line is empty.
 
        DELETE or [ ESC-x ]
               Delete the character under the cursor.
 
        ^BACKSPACE [ ESC-BACKSPACE ]
-              (That  is,  CONTROL  and BACKSPACE simultaneously.)
+              (That is, CONTROL  and  BACKSPACE  simultaneously.)
               Delete the word to the left of the cursor.
 
        ^DELETE [ ESC-X or ESC-DELETE ]
-              (That  is,  CONTROL  and  DELETE   simultaneously.)
+              (That   is,  CONTROL  and  DELETE  simultaneously.)
               Delete the word under the cursor.
 
-
-
-
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  17
-
-
-
-
-
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
-
-
        UPARROW [ ESC-k ]
               Retrieve the previous command line.
 
        DOWNARROW [ ESC-j ]
               Retrieve the next command line.
 
-       TAB    Complete  the  partial  filename to the left of the
-              cursor.  If it matches more than one filename,  the
-              first  match  is  entered  into  the  command line.
-              Repeated TABs will cycle thru  the  other  matching
-              filenames.   If  the completed filename is a direc-
-              tory, a "/" is appended to the filename.   (On  MS-
-              DOS  systems,  a "\" is appended.)  The environment
-              variable LESSSEPARATOR can be  used  to  specify  a
-              different  character to append to a directory name.
+       TAB    Complete the partial filename to the  left  of  the
+              cursor.   If it matches more than one filename, the
+              first match  is  entered  into  the  command  line.
+              Repeated  TABs  will  cycle thru the other matching
+              filenames.  If the completed filename is  a  direc­
+              tory,  a  "/" is appended to the filename.  (On MS-
+              DOS systems, a "\" is appended.)   The  environment
+              variable  LESSSEPARATOR  can  be  used to specify a
+              different character to append to a directory  name.
 
        BACKTAB [ ESC-TAB ]
               Like, TAB, but cycles in the reverse direction thru
               the matching filenames.
 
-       ^L     Complete  the  partial  filename to the left of the
-              cursor.  If it matches more than one filename,  all
-              matches  are entered into the command line (if they
+       ^L     Complete the partial filename to the  left  of  the
+              cursor.   If it matches more than one filename, all
+              matches are entered into the command line (if  they
               fit).
 
-       ^U (Unix) or ESC (MS-DOS)
-              Delete the entire command line, or cancel the  com-
-              mand  if  the  command  line is empty.  If you have
-              changed your line-kill character in Unix  to  some-
+       ^U (Unix and OS/2) or ESC (MS-DOS)
+              Delete  the entire command line, or cancel the com­
+              mand if the command line is  empty.   If  you  have
+              changed  your  line-kill character in Unix to some­
               thing other than ^U, that character is used instead
               of ^U.
 
 
-KKEEYY BBIINNDDIINNGGSS
-       You may define your own _l_e_s_s commands by using the program
-       _l_e_s_s_k_e_y (1) to create a lesskey file.  This file specifies
-       a set of command keys and an action associated  with  each
-       key.   You may also use _l_e_s_s_k_e_y to change the line-editing
-       keys (see LINE EDITING), and to set environment variables.
-       If the environment variable LESSKEY is set, _l_e_s_s uses that
-       as the name of the lesskey file.  Otherwise, _l_e_s_s looks in
-       a  standard  place  for the lesskey file: On Unix systems,
-       _l_e_s_s looks for a lesskey file  called  "$HOME/.less".   On
-       MS-DOS  and Windows systems, _l_e_s_s looks for a lesskey file
-       called "$HOME/_less", and if it is not found  there,  then
-       looks  for  a lesskey file called "_less" in any directory
-       specified in the PATH environment variable.  On OS/2  sys-
-       tems,    _l_e_s_s    looks   for   a   lesskey   file   called
-       "$HOME/less.ini", and if it is not found, then looks for a
-       lesskey  file called "less.ini" in any directory specified
-       in the INIT environment variable,  and  if  it  not  found
-       there,  then looks for a lesskey file called "less.ini" in
-       any directory specified in the PATH environment  variable.
-       See the _l_e_s_s_k_e_y manual page for more details.
-
 
-
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  18
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  18
 
 
 
@@ -1192,64 +1192,64 @@ KKEEYY BBIINNDDIINNGGSS
 LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-       A  system-wide  lesskey file may also be set up to provide
+KKEEYY BBIINNDDIINNGGSS
+       You may define your own _l_e_s_s commands by using the program
+       _l_e_s_s_k_e_y (1) to create a lesskey file.  This file specifies
+       a  set  of command keys and an action associated with each
+       key.  You may also use _l_e_s_s_k_e_y to change the  line-editing
+       keys (see LINE EDITING), and to set environment variables.
+       If the environment variable LESSKEY is set, _l_e_s_s uses that
+       as the name of the lesskey file.  Otherwise, _l_e_s_s looks in
+       a standard place for the lesskey file:  On  Unix  systems,
+       _l_e_s_s  looks  for  a lesskey file called "$HOME/.less".  On
+       MS-DOS and Windows systems, _l_e_s_s looks for a lesskey  file
+       called  "$HOME/_less",  and if it is not found there, then
+       looks for a lesskey file called "_less" in  any  directory
+       specified  in the PATH environment variable.  On OS/2 sys­
+       tems,   _l_e_s_s   looks   for   a   lesskey    file    called
+       "$HOME/less.ini", and if it is not found, then looks for a
+       lesskey file called "less.ini" in any directory  specified
+       in  the  INIT  environment  variable,  and if it not found
+       there, then looks for a lesskey file called "less.ini"  in
+       any  directory specified in the PATH environment variable.
+       See the _l_e_s_s_k_e_y manual page for more details.
+
+       A system-wide lesskey file may also be set up  to  provide
        key bindings.  If a key is defined in both a local lesskey
-       file  and  in  the  system-wide  file, key bindings in the
-       local file take precedence over those in  the  system-wide
-       file.   If the environment variable LESSKEY_SYSTEM is set,
-       _l_e_s_s uses that as the  name  of  the  system-wide  lesskey
-       file.   Otherwise,  _l_e_s_s looks in a standard place for the
+       file and in the system-wide  file,  key  bindings  in  the
+       local  file  take precedence over those in the system-wide
+       file.  If the environment variable LESSKEY_SYSTEM is  set,
+       _l_e_s_s  uses  that  as  the  name of the system-wide lesskey
+       file.  Otherwise, _l_e_s_s looks in a standard place  for  the
        system-wide lesskey file: On Unix systems, the system-wide
-       lesskey  file  is  /usr/local/bin/.sysless.   (However, if
-       _l_e_s_s was built with  a  different  binary  directory  than
-       /usr/local/bin,  that directory is where the .sysless file
+       lesskey file is /usr/local/etc/sysless.  (However, if _l_e_s_s
+       was   built   with  a  different  sysconf  directory  than
+       /usr/local/etc, that directory is where the  sysless  file
        is found.)  On MS-DOS and Windows systems, the system-wide
        lesskey file is c:\_sysless.  On OS/2 systems, the system-
        wide lesskey file is c:\sysless.ini.
 
 
 IINNPPUUTT PPRREEPPRROOCCEESSSSOORR
-       You may define an "input preprocessor" for  _l_e_s_s_.   Before
-       _l_e_s_s  opens a file, it first gives your input preprocessor
-       a chance to modify the way the contents of  the  file  are
-       displayed.   An input preprocessor is simply an executable
-       program (or shell script), which writes  the  contents  of
+       You  may  define an "input preprocessor" for _l_e_s_s_.  Before
+       _l_e_s_s opens a file, it first gives your input  preprocessor
+       a  chance  to  modify the way the contents of the file are
+       displayed.  An input preprocessor is simply an  executable
+       program  (or  shell  script), which writes the contents of
        the file to a different file, called the replacement file.
        The contents of the replacement file are then displayed in
-       place  of  the contents of the original file.  However, it
+       place of the contents of the original file.   However,  it
        will appear to the user as if the original file is opened;
-       that  is,  _l_e_s_s  will display the original filename as the
+       that is, _l_e_s_s will display the original  filename  as  the
        name of the current file.
 
-       An input preprocessor receives one command line  argument,
-       the  original filename, as entered by the user.  It should
-       create the replacement file, and when finished, print  the
-       name  of  the replacement file to its standard output.  If
-       the input preprocessor does not output a replacement file-
-       name,  _l_e_s_s  uses the original file, as normal.  The input
-       preprocessor is not called when  viewing  standard  input.
-       To set up an input preprocessor, set the LESSOPEN environ-
-       ment variable to a command line  which  will  invoke  your
-       input  preprocessor.  This command line should include one
-       occurrence of the string "%s", which will be  replaced  by
-       the  filename  when  the  input  preprocessor  command  is
-       invoked.
-
-       When _l_e_s_s closes a file opened in such a way, it will call
-       another program, called the input postprocessor, which may
-       perform any desired clean-up action (such as deleting  the
-       replacement  file  created  by  LESSOPEN).   This  program
-       receives two command line arguments, the original filename
-       as  entered  by  the user, and the name of the replacement
-       file.  To set up an input postprocessor, set the LESSCLOSE
-       environment  variable  to a command line which will invoke
-       your input postprocessor.  It may include two  occurrences
-       of  the string "%s"; the first is replaced with the origi-
-       nal name of the file and the second with the name  of  the
+       An  input preprocessor receives one command line argument,
+       the original filename, as entered by the user.  It  should
+       create  the replacement file, and when finished, print the
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  19
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  19
 
 
 
@@ -1258,10 +1258,32 @@ IINNPPUUTT PPRREEPPRROOCCEESSSSOORR
 LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
+       name of the replacement file to its standard  output.   If
+       the input preprocessor does not output a replacement file­
+       name, _l_e_s_s uses the original file, as normal.   The  input
+       preprocessor  is  not  called when viewing standard input.
+       To set up an input preprocessor, set the LESSOPEN environ­
+       ment  variable  to  a  command line which will invoke your
+       input preprocessor.  This command line should include  one
+       occurrence  of  the string "%s", which will be replaced by
+       the  filename  when  the  input  preprocessor  command  is
+       invoked.
+
+       When _l_e_s_s closes a file opened in such a way, it will call
+       another program, called the input postprocessor, which may
+       perform  any desired clean-up action (such as deleting the
+       replacement  file  created  by  LESSOPEN).   This  program
+       receives two command line arguments, the original filename
+       as entered by the user, and the name  of  the  replacement
+       file.  To set up an input postprocessor, set the LESSCLOSE
+       environment variable to a command line which  will  invoke
+       your  input postprocessor.  It may include two occurrences
+       of the string "%s"; the first is replaced with the  origi­
+       nal  name  of the file and the second with the name of the
        replacement file, which was output by LESSOPEN.
 
-       For  example, on many Unix systems, these two scripts will
-       allow you to keep files in compressed  format,  but  still
+       For example, on many Unix systems, these two scripts  will
+       allow  you  to  keep files in compressed format, but still
        let _l_e_s_s view them directly:
 
        lessopen.sh:
@@ -1280,54 +1302,54 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
             #! /bin/sh
             rm $2
 
-       To use these scripts, put them both where they can be exe-
-       cuted    and    set     LESSOPEN="lessopen.sh %s",     and
+       To use these scripts, put them both where they can be exe­
+       cuted     and     set    LESSOPEN="lessopen.sh %s",    and
        LESSCLOSE="lessclose.sh %s %s".  More complex LESSOPEN and
-       LESSCLOSE scripts may be written to accept other types  of
+       LESSCLOSE  scripts may be written to accept other types of
        compressed files, and so on.
 
-       It  is  also  possible  to set up an input preprocessor to
-       pipe the file data directly to _l_e_s_s_, rather  than  putting
+       It is also possible to set up  an  input  preprocessor  to
+       pipe  the  file data directly to _l_e_s_s_, rather than putting
        the data into a replacement file.  This avoids the need to
        decompress the entire file before starting to view it.  An
-       input  preprocessor that works this way is called an input
-       pipe.  An input pipe, instead of writing  the  name  of  a
-       replacement file on its standard output, writes the entire
-       contents of the replacement file on its  standard  output.
-       If  the  input  pipe  does not write any characters on its
-       standard output, then there is  no  replacement  file  and
-       _l_e_s_s  uses  the original file, as normal.  To use an input
-       pipe, make the first character in the LESSOPEN environment
-       variable a vertical bar (|) to signify that the input pre-
-       processor is an input pipe.
 
-       For example, on many Unix systems, this script  will  work
-       like the previous example scripts:
 
-       lesspipe.sh:
-            #! /bin/sh
-            case "$1" in
-            *.Z) uncompress -c $1  2>/dev/null
-                 ;;
-            esac
 
-       To  use  this  script, put it where it can be executed and
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  20
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  20
 
 
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
+       input preprocessor that works this way is called an  input
+       pipe.   An  input  pipe,  instead of writing the name of a
+       replacement file on its standard output, writes the entire
+       contents  of  the replacement file on its standard output.
+       If the input pipe does not write  any  characters  on  its
+       standard  output,  then  there  is no replacement file and
+       _l_e_s_s uses the original file, as normal.  To use  an  input
+       pipe, make the first character in the LESSOPEN environment
+       variable a vertical bar (|) to signify that the input pre­
+       processor is an input pipe.
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+       For  example,  on many Unix systems, this script will work
+       like the previous example scripts:
 
+       lesspipe.sh:
+            #! /bin/sh
+            case "$1" in
+            *.Z) uncompress -c $1  2>/dev/null
+                 ;;
+            esac
 
-       set LESSOPEN="|lesspipe.sh %s".  When  an  input  pipe  is
-       used,  a  LESSCLOSE  postprocessor  can be used, but it is
-       usually not necessary since there is no  replacement  file
-       to  clean  up.   In  this  case, the replacement file name
+       To use this script, put it where it can  be  executed  and
+       set  LESSOPEN="|lesspipe.sh  %s".   When  an input pipe is
+       used, a LESSCLOSE postprocessor can be  used,  but  it  is
+       usually  not  necessary since there is no replacement file
+       to clean up.  In this  case,  the  replacement  file  name
        passed to the LESSCLOSE postprocessor is "-".
 
 
@@ -1338,7 +1360,7 @@ NNAATTIIOONNAALL CCHHAARRAACCTTEERR SSEETTSS
               can be displayed directly to the screen.
 
        control characters
-              should not be displayed directly, but are  expected
+              should  not be displayed directly, but are expected
               to  be  found  in  ordinary  text  files  (such  as
               backspace and tab).
 
@@ -1346,135 +1368,160 @@ NNAATTIIOONNAALL CCHHAARRAACCTTEERR SSEETTSS
               should  not  be  displayed  directly  and  are  not
               expected to be found in text files.
 
-       A "character set" is simply a description of which charac-
-       ters are to be considered  normal,  control,  and  binary.
+       A "character set" is simply a description of which charac­
+       ters  are  to  be  considered normal, control, and binary.
        The LESSCHARSET environment variable may be used to select
        a character set.  Possible values for LESSCHARSET are:
 
-       ascii  BS, TAB, NL, CR, and formfeed are  control  charac-
-              ters,  all chars with values between 32 and 126 are
+       ascii  BS,  TAB,  NL, CR, and formfeed are control charac­
+              ters, all chars with values between 32 and 126  are
               normal, and all others are binary.
 
-       iso8859
-              Selects an ISO 8859 character  set.   This  is  the
-              same  as  ASCII,  except characters between 160 and
-              255 are treated as normal characters.
 
-       latin1 Same as iso8859.
 
-       dos    Selects a character set appropriate for MS-DOS.
 
-       ebcdic Selects an EBCDIC character set.
 
-       koi8-r Selects a Russian character set.
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  21
+
+
 
-       next   Selects a character set appropriate for  NeXT  com-
-              puters.
 
-       utf-8  Selects the UTF-8 encoding of the ISO 10646 charac-
-              ter set.
 
-       If the LESSCHARSET environment variable is  not  set,  the
-       default  character  set is latin1.  However, if the string
-       "UTF-8" is found in the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE or LANG  environ-
-       ment  variables,  then  the default character set is utf-8
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
+       iso8859
+              Selects  an  ISO  8859  character set.  This is the
+              same as ASCII, except characters  between  160  and
+              255 are treated as normal characters.
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  21
+       latin1 Same as iso8859.
 
+       latin9 Same as iso8859.
 
+       dos    Selects a character set appropriate for MS-DOS.
 
+       ebcdic Selects an EBCDIC character set.
 
+       IBM-1047
+              Selects an EBCDIC character set used by OS/390 Unix
+              Services.  This is the EBCDIC analogue  of  latin1.
+              You  get  similar  results  by setting either LESS­
+              CHARSET=IBM-1047 or LC_CTYPE=en_US in your environ­
+              ment.
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+       koi8-r Selects a Russian character set.
 
+       next   Selects  a  character set appropriate for NeXT com­
+              puters.
 
-       instead.
+       utf-8  Selects the UTF-8 encoding of the ISO 10646 charac­
+              ter set.
 
-       In special cases, it may be desired to tailor _l_e_s_s to  use
-       a  character  set  other  than the ones definable by LESS-
-       CHARSET.  In this case,  the  environment  variable  LESS-
-       CHARDEF  can be used to define a character set.  It should
-       be set to a string where each character in the string rep-
+       In  special cases, it may be desired to tailor _l_e_s_s to use
+       a character set other than the  ones  definable  by  LESS­
+       CHARSET.   In  this  case,  the environment variable LESS­
+       CHARDEF can be used to define a character set.  It  should
+       be set to a string where each character in the string rep­
        resents one character in the character set.  The character
-       "." is used for a normal character, "c" for  control,  and
-       "b"  for binary.  A decimal number may be used for repeti-
-       tion.  For example, "bccc4b." would mean  character  0  is
-       binary,  1, 2 and 3 are control, 4, 5, 6 and 7 are binary,
-       and 8 is normal.  All characters after the last are  taken
-       to  be  the  same as the last, so characters 9 through 255
-       would be normal.  (This is an example, and does not neces-
+       "."  is  used for a normal character, "c" for control, and
+       "b" for binary.  A decimal number may be used for  repeti­
+       tion.   For  example,  "bccc4b." would mean character 0 is
+       binary, 1, 2 and 3 are control, 4, 5, 6 and 7 are  binary,
+       and  8 is normal.  All characters after the last are taken
+       to be the same as the last, so characters  9  through  255
+       would be normal.  (This is an example, and does not neces­
        sarily represent any real character set.)
 
-       This table shows the value of LESSCHARDEF which is equiva-
+       This table shows the value of LESSCHARDEF which is equiva­
        lent to each of the possible values for LESSCHARSET:
 
             ascii     8bcccbcc18b95.b
             dos       8bcccbcc12bc5b95.b.
             ebcdic    5bc6bcc7bcc41b.9b7.9b5.b..8b6.10b6.b9.7b
                       9.8b8.17b3.3b9.7b9.8b8.6b10.b.b.b.
+            IBM-1047  4cbcbc3b9cbccbccbb4c6bcc5b3cbbc4bc4bccbc
+                      191.b
             iso8859   8bcccbcc18b95.33b.
             koi8-r    8bcccbcc18b95.b128.
+
+
+
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  22
+
+
+
+
+
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+
+
             latin1    8bcccbcc18b95.33b.
             next      8bcccbcc18b95.bb125.bb
 
-       If neither LESSCHARSET nor LESSCHARDEF is  set,  but  your
-       system  supports  the  _s_e_t_l_o_c_a_l_e  interface, _l_e_s_s will use
-       setlocale to determine the character  set.   setlocale  is
-       controlled  by  setting  the  LANG or LC_CTYPE environment
-       variables.
+       If neither LESSCHARSET nor LESSCHARDEF  is  set,  but  the
+       string  "UTF-8"  is  found  in the LC_ALL, LC_TYPE or LANG
+       environment variables, then the default character  set  is
+       utf-8.
 
-       Control and binary characters are  displayed  in  standout
-       (reverse  video).   Each  such  character  is displayed in
+       If  that string is not found, but your system supports the
+       _s_e_t_l_o_c_a_l_e interface, _l_e_s_s will use setlocale to  determine
+       the character set.  setlocale is controlled by setting the
+       LANG or LC_CTYPE environment variables.
+
+       Finally, if the _s_e_t_l_o_c_a_l_e interface is also not available,
+       the default character set is latin1.
+
+       Control  and  binary  characters are displayed in standout
+       (reverse video).  Each  such  character  is  displayed  in
        caret notation if possible (e.g. ^A for control-A).  Caret
        notation is used only if inverting the 0100 bit results in
        a normal printable character.  Otherwise, the character is
-       displayed  as a hex number in angle brackets.  This format
-       can be changed by setting the LESSBINFMT environment vari-
-       able.   LESSBINFMT  may begin with a "*" and one character
+       displayed as a hex number in angle brackets.  This  format
+       can be changed by setting the LESSBINFMT environment vari­
+       able.  LESSBINFMT may begin with a "*" and  one  character
        to select the display attribute: "*k" is blinking, "*d" is
-       bold,  "*u"  is  underlined, "*s" is standout, and "*n" is
-       normal.  If LESSBINFMT does not begin with a  "*",  normal
-       attribute  is  assumed.   The remainder of LESSBINFMT is a
-       string which may include one printf-style escape  sequence
-       (a % followed by x, X, o, d, etc.).  For example, if LESS-
-       BINFMT is "*u[%x]", binary  characters  are  displayed  in
-       underlined   hexadecimal   surrounded  by  brackets.   The
+       bold, "*u" is underlined, "*s" is standout,  and  "*n"  is
+       normal.   If  LESSBINFMT does not begin with a "*", normal
+       attribute is assumed.  The remainder of  LESSBINFMT  is  a
+       string  which may include one printf-style escape sequence
+       (a % followed by x, X, o, d, etc.).  For example, if LESS­
+       BINFMT  is  "*u[%x]",  binary  characters are displayed in
+       underlined  hexadecimal  surrounded  by   brackets.    The
        default if no LESSBINFMT is specified is "*s<%X>".
 
 
+PPRROOMMPPTTSS
+       The  -P  option  allows  you  to tailor the prompt to your
+       preference.  The string given to the  -P  option  replaces
+       the  specified  prompt  string.  Certain characters in the
+       string are interpreted specially.  The prompt mechanism is
+       rather  complicated  to provide flexibility, but the ordi­
+       nary user need not understand the details of  constructing
+       personalized prompt strings.
 
+       A  percent sign followed by a single character is expanded
+       according to what the following character is:
 
+       %b_X    Replaced by the byte offset into the current  input
+              file.   The  b  is  followed  by a single character
+              (shown as _X above) which specifies the  line  whose
+              byte  offset  is to be used.  If the character is a
+              "t", the byte offset of the top line in the display
+              is  used,  an  "m" means use the middle line, a "b"
+              means use the bottom line, a "B" means use the line
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  22
 
 
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  23
 
 
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-PPRROOMMPPTTSS
-       The -P option allows you to  tailor  the  prompt  to  your
-       preference.   The  string  given to the -P option replaces
-       the specified prompt string.  Certain  characters  in  the
-       string are interpreted specially.  The prompt mechanism is
-       rather complicated to provide flexibility, but  the  ordi-
-       nary  user need not understand the details of constructing
-       personalized prompt strings.
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
-       A percent sign followed by a single character is  expanded
-       according to what the following character is:
 
-       %b_X    Replaced  by the byte offset into the current input
-              file.  The b is  followed  by  a  single  character
-              (shown  as  _X above) which specifies the line whose
-              byte offset is to be used.  If the character  is  a
-              "t", the byte offset of the top line in the display
-              is used, an "m" means use the middle  line,  a  "b"
-              means use the bottom line, a "B" means use the line
               just after the bottom line, and a "j" means use the
               "target" line, as specified by the -j option.
 
@@ -1483,26 +1530,26 @@ PPRROOMMPPTTSS
        %c     Replaced by the column number of the text appearing
               in the first column of the screen.
 
-       %d_X    Replaced by the page number of a line in the  input
-              file.   The line to be used is determined by the _X,
+       %d_X    Replaced  by the page number of a line in the input
+              file.  The line to be used is determined by the  _X,
               as with the %b option.
 
-       %D     Replaced by the number of pages in the input  file,
-              or  equivalently,  the page number of the last line
+       %D     Replaced  by the number of pages in the input file,
+              or equivalently, the page number of the  last  line
               in the input file.
 
        %E     Replaced by the name of the editor (from the VISUAL
-              environment  variable,  or  the  EDITOR environment
-              variable if VISUAL is not defined).  See  the  dis-
+              environment variable,  or  the  EDITOR  environment
+              variable  if  VISUAL is not defined).  See the dis­
               cussion of the LESSEDIT feature below.
 
        %f     Replaced by the name of the current input file.
 
-       %i     Replaced  by  the  index of the current file in the
+       %i     Replaced by the index of the current  file  in  the
               list of input files.
 
-       %l_X    Replaced by the line number of a line in the  input
-              file.   The line to be used is determined by the _X,
+       %l_X    Replaced  by the line number of a line in the input
+              file.  The line to be used is determined by the  _X,
               as with the %b option.
 
        %L     Replaced by the line number of the last line in the
@@ -1510,56 +1557,55 @@ PPRROOMMPPTTSS
 
        %m     Replaced by the total number of input files.
 
+       %p_X    Replaced by the  percent  into  the  current  input
+              file,  based  on  byte  offsets.   The line used is
+              determined by the _X as with the %b option.
 
+       %P_X    Replaced by the  percent  into  the  current  input
+              file,  based  on  line  numbers.   The line used is
+              determined by the _X as with the %b option.
 
+       %s     Same as %B.
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  23
+       %t     Causes any trailing spaces to be removed.   Usually
+              used  at the end of the string, but may appear any­
+              where.
 
+       %x     Replaced by the name of the next input file in  the
+              list.
 
+       If  any  item  is  unknown  (for example, the file size if
+       input is a pipe), a question mark is printed instead.
 
 
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  24
 
 
-       %p_X    Replaced  by  the  percent  into  the current input
-              file, based on byte  offsets.   The  line  used  is
-              determined by the _X as with the %b option.
 
-       %P_X    Replaced  by  the  percent  into  the current input
-              file, based on line  numbers.   The  line  used  is
-              determined by the _X as with the %b option.
 
-       %s     Same as %B.
 
-       %t     Causes  any trailing spaces to be removed.  Usually
-              used at the end of the string, but may appear  any-
-              where.
-
-       %x     Replaced  by the name of the next input file in the
-              list.
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
-       If any item is unknown (for  example,  the  file  size  if
-       input is a pipe), a question mark is printed instead.
 
-       The  format  of the prompt string can be changed depending
-       on certain conditions.  A question mark followed by a sin-
-       gle  character acts like an "IF": depending on the follow-
+       The format of the prompt string can be  changed  depending
+       on certain conditions.  A question mark followed by a sin­
+       gle character acts like an "IF": depending on the  follow­
        ing character, a condition is evaluated.  If the condition
-       is  true,  any  characters following the question mark and
-       condition character, up to a period, are included  in  the
-       prompt.   If  the  condition is false, such characters are
+       is true, any characters following the  question  mark  and
+       condition  character,  up to a period, are included in the
+       prompt.  If the condition is false,  such  characters  are
        not included.  A colon appearing between the question mark
-       and  the  period  can  be used to establish an "ELSE": any
-       characters between the colon and the period  are  included
-       in  the  string  if and only if the IF condition is false.
-       Condition characters (which follow a  question  mark)  may
+       and the period can be used to  establish  an  "ELSE":  any
+       characters  between  the colon and the period are included
+       in the string if and only if the IF  condition  is  false.
+       Condition  characters  (which  follow a question mark) may
        be:
 
-       ?a     True  if  any  characters have been included in the
+       ?a     True if any characters have been  included  in  the
               prompt so far.
 
-       ?b_X    True if the byte offset of the  specified  line  is
+       ?b_X    True  if  the  byte offset of the specified line is
               known.
 
        ?B     True if the size of current input file is known.
@@ -1567,94 +1613,82 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
        ?c     True if the text is horizontally shifted (%c is not
               zero).
 
-       ?d_X    True if the page number of the  specified  line  is
+       ?d_X    True  if  the  page number of the specified line is
               known.
 
        ?e     True if at end-of-file.
 
-       ?f     True  if  there  is  an input filename (that is, if
+       ?f     True if there is an input  filename  (that  is,  if
               input is not a pipe).
 
-       ?l_X    True if the line number of the  specified  line  is
+       ?l_X    True  if  the  line number of the specified line is
+              known.
 
+       ?L     True if the line number of the  last  line  in  the
+              file is known.
 
+       ?m     True if there is more than one input file.
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  24
+       ?n     True  if  this  is  the first prompt in a new input
+              file.
 
+       ?p_X    True if the percent into the  current  input  file,
+              based  on  byte  offsets,  of the specified line is
+              known.
 
+       ?P_X    True if the percent into the  current  input  file,
+              based  on  line  numbers,  of the specified line is
+              known.
 
+       ?s     Same as "?B".
 
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-              known.
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  25
 
-       ?L     True  if  the  line  number of the last line in the
-              file is known.
 
-       ?m     True if there is more than one input file.
 
-       ?n     True if this is the first prompt  in  a  new  input
-              file.
 
-       ?p_X    True  if  the  percent into the current input file,
-              based on byte offsets, of  the  specified  line  is
-              known.
 
-       ?P_X    True  if  the  percent into the current input file,
-              based on line numbers, of  the  specified  line  is
-              known.
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
-       ?s     Same as "?B".
 
        ?x     True if there is a next input file (that is, if the
               current input file is not the last one).
 
        Any characters other than the special ones (question mark,
-       colon,  period,  percent,  and backslash) become literally
-       part of the prompt.  Any of the special characters may  be
-       included  in  the  prompt literally by preceding it with a
+       colon, period, percent, and  backslash)  become  literally
+       part  of the prompt.  Any of the special characters may be
+       included in the prompt literally by preceding  it  with  a
        backslash.
 
        Some examples:
 
        ?f%f:Standard input.
 
-       This prompt prints the filename, if known;  otherwise  the
+       This  prompt  prints the filename, if known; otherwise the
        string "Standard input".
 
        ?f%f .?ltLine %lt:?pt%pt\%:?btByte %bt:-...
 
-       This prompt would print the filename, if known.  The file-
-       name is followed by the line number, if  known,  otherwise
-       the  percent if known, otherwise the byte offset if known.
-       Otherwise, a dash is printed.  Notice  how  each  question
+       This prompt would print the filename, if known.  The file­
+       name  is  followed by the line number, if known, otherwise
+       the percent if known, otherwise the byte offset if  known.
+       Otherwise,  a  dash  is printed.  Notice how each question
        mark has a matching period, and how the % after the %pt is
        included literally by escaping it with a backslash.
 
        ?n?f%f .?m(file %i of %m) ..?e(END) ?x- Next\: %x..%t
 
-       This prints the filename if this is the first prompt in  a
-       file,  followed  by  the "file N of N" message if there is
+       This  prints the filename if this is the first prompt in a
+       file, followed by the "file N of N" message  if  there  is
        more than one input file.  Then, if we are at end-of-file,
-       the  string "(END)" is printed followed by the name of the
-       next file, if there is one.  Finally, any trailing  spaces
-       are  truncated.   This  is the default prompt.  For refer-
-       ence, here are the defaults for the other two prompts  (-m
-
-
-
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  25
-
-
-
-
-
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
-
-
-       and  -M respectively).  Each is broken into two lines here
+       the string "(END)" is printed followed by the name of  the
+       next  file, if there is one.  Finally, any trailing spaces
+       are truncated.  This is the default  prompt.   For  refer­
+       ence,  here are the defaults for the other two prompts (-m
+       and -M respectively).  Each is broken into two lines  here
        for readability only.
 
        ?n?f%f .?m(file %i of %m) ..?e(END) ?x- Next\: %x.:
@@ -1668,25 +1702,36 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
        ?f%f .?m(file %i of %m) .?ltlines %lt-%lb?L/%L. .
             byte %bB?s/%s. ?e(END) :?pB%pB\%..%t
 
-       The  prompt  expansion  features are also used for another
-       purpose: if an environment variable LESSEDIT  is  defined,
-       it  is  used as the command to be executed when the v com-
-       mand is invoked.  The LESSEDIT string is expanded  in  the
-       same  way  as  the  prompt strings.  The default value for
+       The prompt expansion features are also  used  for  another
+       purpose:  if  an environment variable LESSEDIT is defined,
+       it is used as the command to be executed when the  v  com­
+       mand  is  invoked.  The LESSEDIT string is expanded in the
+       same way as the prompt strings.   The  default  value  for
        LESSEDIT is:
 
+
+
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  26
+
+
+
+
+
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+
+
             %E ?lm+%lm. %f
 
        Note that this expands to the editor name, followed by a +
-       and  the  line number, followed by the file name.  If your
-       editor does not accept the "+linenumber"  syntax,  or  has
-       other differences in invocation syntax, the LESSEDIT vari-
+       and the line number, followed by the file name.   If  your
+       editor  does  not  accept the "+linenumber" syntax, or has
+       other differences in invocation syntax, the LESSEDIT vari­
        able can be changed to modify this default.
 
 
 SSEECCUURRIITTYY
        When the environment variable LESSSECURE is set to 1, _l_e_s_s
-       runs  in  a  "secure" mode.  This means these features are
+       runs in a "secure" mode.  This means  these  features  are
        disabled:
 
               !      the shell command
@@ -1707,52 +1752,52 @@ SSEECCUURRIITTYY
 
                      filename completion (TAB, ^L)
 
-       Less can also be compiled to be  permanently  in  "secure"
+       Less  can  also  be compiled to be permanently in "secure"
+       mode.
 
 
+EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT VVAARRIIAABBLLEESS
+       Environment variables may be specified either in the  sys­
+       tem  environment  as  usual, or in a _l_e_s_s_k_e_y (1) file.  If
+       environment variables are defined in more than one  place,
+       variables  defined in a local lesskey file take precedence
+       over variables defined in the  system  environment,  which
+       take  precedence over variables defined in the system-wide
+       lesskey file.
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  26
+       COLUMNS
+              Sets the number of columns on  the  screen.   Takes
+              precedence  over the number of columns specified by
+              the TERM variable.  (But if you  have  a  windowing
+              system  which  supports TIOCGWINSZ or WIOCGETD, the
+              window system's  idea  of  the  screen  size  takes
+              precedence  over  the LINES and COLUMNS environment
+              variables.)
 
 
 
 
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  27
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-       mode.
 
 
-EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT VVAARRIIAABBLLEESS
-       Environment  variables may be specified either in the sys-
-       tem environment as usual, or in a _l_e_s_s_k_e_y  (1)  file.   If
-       environment  variables are defined in more than one place,
-       variables defined in a local lesskey file take  precedence
-       over  variables  defined  in the system environment, which
-       take precedence over variables defined in the  system-wide
-       lesskey file.
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
-       COLUMNS
-              Sets  the  number  of columns on the screen.  Takes
-              precedence over the number of columns specified  by
-              the  TERM  variable.   (But if you have a windowing
-              system which supports TIOCGWINSZ or  WIOCGETD,  the
-              window  system's  idea  of  the  screen  size takes
-              precedence over the LINES and  COLUMNS  environment
-              variables.)
 
        EDITOR The name of the editor (used for the v command).
 
-       HOME   Name  of  the user's home directory (used to find a
-              lesskey file on Unix systems).
+       HOME   Name of the user's home directory (used to  find  a
+              lesskey file on Unix and OS/2 systems).
 
        HOMEDRIVE, HOMEPATH
-              Concatenation of the HOMEDRIVE and  HOMEPATH  envi-
-              ronment  variables  is  the name of the user's home
-              directory if the HOME variable is not set (only  in
+              Concatenation  of  the HOMEDRIVE and HOMEPATH envi­
+              ronment variables is the name of  the  user's  home
+              directory  if the HOME variable is not set (only in
               the Windows version).
 
-       INIT   Name  of  the user's init directory (used to find a
+       INIT   Name of the user's init directory (used to  find  a
               lesskey file on OS/2 systems).
 
        LANG   Language for determining the character set.
@@ -1763,45 +1808,49 @@ EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT VVAARRIIAABBLLEESS
        LESS   Options which are passed to _l_e_s_s automatically.
 
        LESSANSIENDCHARS
-              Characters which are assumed to end an  ANSI  color
+              Characters  which  are assumed to end an ANSI color
               escape sequence (default "m").
 
        LESSBINFMT
-              Format  for  displaying  non-printable, non-control
+              Format for  displaying  non-printable,  non-control
               characters.
 
        LESSCHARDEF
               Defines a character set.
 
+       LESSCHARSET
+              Selects a predefined character set.
 
+       LESSCLOSE
+              Command  line  to invoke the (optional) input-post­
+              processor.
 
+       LESSECHO
+              Name of the lessecho program (default  "lessecho").
+              The  lessecho program is needed to expand metachar­
+              acters, such as * and ?, in filenames on Unix  sys­
+              tems.
 
+       LESSEDIT
+              Editor  prototype  string (used for the v command).
+              See discussion under PROMPTS.
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  27
+       LESSGLOBALTAGS
+              Name of the command used by the -t option  to  find
+              global tags.  Normally should be set to "global" if
+              your system has the _g_l_o_b_a_l  (1)  command.   If  not
+              set, global tags are not used.
 
 
 
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  28
 
 
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-       LESSCHARSET
-              Selects a predefined character set.
 
-       LESSCLOSE
-              Command line to invoke the  (optional)  input-post-
-              processor.
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
-       LESSECHO
-              Name  of the lessecho program (default "lessecho").
-              The lessecho program is needed to expand  metachar-
-              acters,  such as * and ?, in filenames on Unix sys-
-              tems.
-
-       LESSEDIT
-              Editor prototype string (used for the  v  command).
-              See discussion under PROMPTS.
 
        LESSKEY
               Name of the default lesskey(1) file.
@@ -1810,17 +1859,17 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
               Name of the default system-wide lesskey(1) file.
 
        LESSMETACHARS
-              List  of characters which are considered "metachar-
+              List  of characters which are considered "metachar­
               acters" by the shell.
 
        LESSMETAESCAPE
-              Prefix which less will add before each  metacharac-
-              ter  in  a  command  sent  to  the shell.  If LESS-
+              Prefix which less will add before each  metacharac­
+              ter  in  a  command  sent  to  the shell.  If LESS­
               METAESCAPE is an empty string, commands  containing
               metacharacters will not be passed to the shell.
 
        LESSOPEN
-              Command line to invoke the (optional) input-prepro-
+              Command line to invoke the (optional) input-prepro­
               cessor.
 
        LESSSECURE
@@ -1828,7 +1877,7 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
               SECURITY.
 
        LESSSEPARATOR
-              String  to be appended to a directory name in file-
+              String  to be appended to a directory name in file­
               name completion.
 
        LINES  Sets the number of  lines  on  the  screen.   Takes
@@ -1840,18 +1889,6 @@ LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
               variables.)
 
        PATH   User's search path (used to find a lesskey file  on
-
-
-
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  28
-
-
-
-
-
-LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
-
-
               MS-DOS and OS/2 systems).
 
        SHELL  The shell used to execute the ! command, as well as
@@ -1869,6 +1906,18 @@ SSEEEE AALLSSOO
 WWAARRNNIINNGGSS
        The = command and prompts (unless changed  by  -P)  report
        the line numbers of the lines at the top and bottom of the
+
+
+
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  29
+
+
+
+
+
+LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
+
+
        screen, but the byte and percent of the line after the one
        at the bottom of the screen.
 
@@ -1878,7 +1927,7 @@ WWAARRNNIINNGGSS
 
        On certain older terminals (the so-called  "magic  cookie"
        terminals),  search  highlighting  will cause an erroneous
-       display.  On such terminals, search highlighting  is  dis-
+       display.  On such terminals, search highlighting  is  dis­
        abled by default to avoid possible problems.
 
        In  certain cases, when search highlighting is enabled and
@@ -1887,29 +1936,46 @@ WWAARRNNIINNGGSS
        not occur when less is compiled to use the  POSIX  regular
        expression package.)
 
+       When  viewing  text containing ANSI color escape sequences
+       using the -R option, searching will not find text contain­
+       ing  an embedded escape sequence.  Also, search highlight­
+       ing may change the color of some of the text which follows
+       the highlighted text.
+
        On  some systems, _s_e_t_l_o_c_a_l_e claims that ASCII characters 0
-       thru 31 are control characters rather than binary  charac-
+       thru 31 are control characters rather than binary  charac­
        ters.   This  causes  _l_e_s_s  to  treat some binary files as
        ordinary, non-binary files.  To workaround  this  problem,
        set  the  environment  variable LESSCHARSET to "ascii" (or
        whatever character set is appropriate).
 
-       See http://www.flash.net/~marknu/less for the latest  list
-       of known bugs in this version of less.
+       See http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less for  the  latest
+       list of known bugs in this version of less.
 
 
 CCOOPPYYRRIIGGHHTT
-       Copyright (C) 2000  Mark Nudelman
+       Copyright (C) 2001  Mark Nudelman
 
        less is part of the GNU project and is free software.  You
        can redistribute it and/or modify it under  the  terms  of
        either  (1) the GNU General Public License as published by
        the Free Software Foundation; or  (2)  the  Less  License.
        See  the  file  README  in  the less distribution for more
+       details  regarding  redistribution.    You   should   have
+       received  a  copy  of the GNU General Public License along
+       with the source for less; see the file COPYING.   If  not,
+       write  to  the  Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place,
+       Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.  You  should  also
+       have  received  a  copy  of the Less License; see the file
+       LICENSE.
+
+       less is distributed in the hope that it  will  be  useful,
+       but  WITHOUT  ANY  WARRANTY; without even the implied war­
+       ranty of  MERCHANTABILITY  or  FITNESS  FOR  A  PARTICULAR
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  29
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  30
 
 
 
@@ -1918,25 +1984,25 @@ CCOOPPYYRRIIGGHHTT
 LESS(1)                                                   LESS(1)
 
 
-       details  regarding  redistribution.    You   should   have
-       received  a  copy  of the GNU General Public License along
-       with the source for less; see the file COPYING.   If  not,
-       write  to  the  Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place,
-       Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.  You  should  also
-       have  received  a  copy  of the Less License; see the file
-       LICENSE.
-
-       less is distributed in the hope that it  will  be  useful,
-       but  WITHOUT  ANY  WARRANTY; without even the implied war-
-       ranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  PUR-
-       POSE.   See  the  GNU  General  Public  License  for  more
+       PURPOSE.   See  the  GNU  General  Public License for more
        details.
 
 
 AAUUTTHHOORR
-       Mark Nudelman <marknu@flash.net>
+       Mark Nudelman <markn@greenwoodsoftware.com>
        Send bug reports or comments to the above  address  or  to
        bug-less@gnu.org.
+       For   more   information,   see   the   less  homepage  at
+       http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -1975,6 +2041,6 @@ AAUUTTHHOORR
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                  30
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                  31
 
 
diff --git a/contrib/less/less.nro b/contrib/less/less.nro
index eb7aede..ecc9782 100644
--- a/contrib/less/less.nro
+++ b/contrib/less/less.nro
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH LESS 1 "Version 358: 08 Jul 2000"
+.TH LESS 1 "Version 371: 26 Dec 2001"
 .SH NAME
 less \- opposite of more
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ less \- opposite of more
 .br
 .B "less --version"
 .br
-.B "less [-[+]aBcCdeEfgGiImMnNqQrsSuUVwX]"
+.B "less [-[+]aBcCdeEfFgGiIJmMnNqQrRsSuUVwWX]"
 .br
 .B "     [-b \fIbufs\fP] [-h \fIlines\fP] [-j \fIline\fP] [-k \fIkeyfile\fP]"
 .br
 .B "     [-{oO} \fIlogfile\fP] [-p \fIpattern\fP] [-P \fIprompt\fP] [-t \fItag\fP]"
 .br
-.B "     [-T \fItagsfile\fP] [-x \fItab\fP] [-y \fIlines\fP] [-[z] \fIlines\fP]"
+.B "     [-T \fItagsfile\fP] [-x \fItab\fP,...] [-y \fIlines\fP] [-[z] \fIlines\fP]"
 .br
 .B "     [+[+]\fIcmd\fP] [--] [\fIfilename\fP]..."
 .br
@@ -88,14 +88,15 @@ subsequent d and u commands.
 .IP "ESC-) or RIGHTARROW"
 Scroll horizontally right N characters, default half the screen width
 (see the -# option).
+If a number N is specified, it becomes the default for future RIGHTARROW
+and LEFTARROW commands.
 While the text is scrolled, it acts as though the -S option
 (chop lines) were in effect.
-Note that if you wish to enter a number N, you must use ESC-), not RIGHTARROW,
-because the arrow is taken to be a line editing command
-(see the LINE EDITING section).
 .IP "ESC-( or LEFTARROW"
 Scroll horizontally left N characters, default half the screen width
 (see the -# option).
+If a number N is specified, it becomes the default for future RIGHTARROW
+and LEFTARROW commands.
 .IP "r or ^R or ^L"
 Repaint the screen.
 .IP R
@@ -287,6 +288,11 @@ Examine the first file in the command line list.
 If a number N is specified, the N-th file in the list is examined.
 .IP ":d"
 Remove the current file from the list of files.
+.IP "t"
+Go to the next tag, if there were more than one matches for the current tag.
+See the \-t option for more details about tags.
+.IP "T"
+Go to the previous tag, if there were more than one matches for the current tag.
 .IP "= or ^G or :f"
 Prints some information about the file being viewed,
 including its name
@@ -554,7 +560,8 @@ fourth line on the screen, so searches begin at the fifth line
 on the screen.
 .IP "-J or --status-column"
 Displays a status column at the left edge of the screen.
-The status column is used only if the -w or -W option is in effect.
+The status column shows the lines that matched the current search.
+The status column is also used if the -w or -W option is in effect.
 .IP "-k\fIfilename\fP or --lesskey-file=\fIfilename\fP"
 Causes
 .I less
@@ -634,6 +641,7 @@ to that string.
 -PM changes the long (-M) prompt.
 -Ph changes the prompt for the help screen.
 -P= changes the message printed by the = command.
+-Pw changes the message printed while waiting for data (in the F command).
 All prompt strings consist of a sequence of 
 letters and special escape sequences.
 See the section on PROMPTS for more details.
@@ -690,11 +698,17 @@ on the next line.
 .IP "-t\fItag\fP or --tag=\fItag\fP"
 The -t option, followed immediately by a TAG,
 will edit the file containing that tag.
-For this to work, there must be a file called "tags" in the
-current directory, which was previously built by the 
+For this to work, tag information must be available;
+for example, there may be a file in the current directory called "tags",
+which was previously built by 
 .I ctags
-(1) command.
-This option may also be specified from within 
+(1) or an equivalent command.
+If the environment variable LESSGLOBALTAGS is set, it is taken to be
+the name of a command compatible with 
+.I global
+(1), and that command is executed to find the tag.
+(See http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html).
+The -t option may also be specified from within 
 .I less 
 (using the \- command) as a way of examining a new file.
 The command ":t" is equivalent to specifying -t from within
@@ -738,14 +752,24 @@ in which case only the status column is highlighted.
 .IP "-W or --HILITE-UNREAD"
 Like -w, but temporarily highlights the first new line after any 
 forward movement command larger than one line.
-.IP "-x\fIn\fP or --tabs=\fIn\fP"
-Sets tab stops every \fIn\fP positions.
+.IP "-x\fIn\fP,... or --tabs=\fIn\fP,..."
+Sets tab stops.
+If only one \fIn\fP is specified, tab stops are set at multiples of \fIn\fP.
+If multiple values separated by commas are specified, tab stops
+are set at those positions, and then continue with the same spacing as the
+last two.
+For example, \fI-x9,17\fP will set tabs at positions 9, 17, 25, 33, etc.
 The default for \fIn\fP is 8.
 .IP "-X or --no-init"
 Disables sending the termcap initialization and deinitialization strings
 to the terminal.
 This is sometimes desirable if the deinitialization string does
 something unnecessary, like clearing the screen.
+.IP "--no-keypad"
+Disables sending the keypad initialization and deinitialization strings
+to the terminal.
+This is sometimes useful if the keypad strings make the numeric
+keypad behave in an undesirable manner.
 .IP "-y\fIn\fP or --max-forw-scroll=\fIn\fP"
 Specifies a maximum number of lines to scroll forward.
 If it is necessary to scroll forward more than \fIn\fP lines,
@@ -864,7 +888,7 @@ Like, TAB, but cycles in the reverse direction thru the matching filenames.
 Complete the partial filename to the left of the cursor.
 If it matches more than one filename, all matches are entered into
 the command line (if they fit).
-.IP "^U (Unix) or ESC (MS-DOS)"
+.IP "^U (Unix and OS/2) or ESC (MS-DOS)"
 Delete the entire command line,
 or cancel the command if the command line is empty.
 If you have changed your line-kill character in Unix to something
@@ -918,11 +942,11 @@ uses that as the name of the system-wide lesskey file.
 Otherwise,
 .I less 
 looks in a standard place for the system-wide lesskey file:
-On Unix systems, the system-wide lesskey file is /usr/local/bin/.sysless.
+On Unix systems, the system-wide lesskey file is /usr/local/etc/sysless.
 (However, if 
 .I less 
-was built with a different binary directory than /usr/local/bin,
-that directory is where the .sysless file is found.)
+was built with a different sysconf directory than /usr/local/etc,
+that directory is where the sysless file is found.)
 On MS-DOS and Windows systems, the system-wide lesskey file is c:\\_sysless.
 On OS/2 systems, the system-wide lesskey file is c:\\sysless.ini.
 
@@ -1078,10 +1102,17 @@ This is the same as ASCII, except characters between 160 and 255 are
 treated as normal characters.
 .IP latin1
 Same as iso8859.
+.IP latin9
+Same as iso8859.
 .IP dos
 Selects a character set appropriate for MS-DOS.
 .IP ebcdic
 Selects an EBCDIC character set.
+.IP IBM-1047
+Selects an EBCDIC character set used by OS/390 Unix Services.
+This is the EBCDIC analogue of latin1.  You get similar results
+by setting either LESSCHARSET=IBM-1047 or LC_CTYPE=en_US
+in your environment.
 .IP koi8-r
 Selects a Russian character set.
 .IP next
@@ -1089,11 +1120,6 @@ Selects a character set appropriate for NeXT computers.
 .IP utf-8
 Selects the UTF-8 encoding of the ISO 10646 character set.
 .PP
-If the LESSCHARSET environment variable is not set,
-the default character set is latin1.
-However, if the string "UTF-8" is found in the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE or LANG
-environment variables, then the default character set is utf-8 instead.
-.PP
 In special cases, it may be desired to tailor
 .I less
 to use a character set other than the ones definable by LESSCHARSET.
@@ -1122,6 +1148,9 @@ to each of the possible values for LESSCHARSET:
 .br
 	\ \ \ \ \ \ 	9.8b8.17b3.3b9.7b9.8b8.6b10.b.b.b.
 .br
+	IBM-1047	4cbcbc3b9cbccbccbb4c6bcc5b3cbbc4bc4bccbc
+	\ \ \ \ \ \ 	191.b
+.br
 	iso8859	8bcccbcc18b95.33b.
 .br
 	koi8-r	8bcccbcc18b95.b128.
@@ -1130,13 +1159,21 @@ to each of the possible values for LESSCHARSET:
 .br
 	next\ \ 	8bcccbcc18b95.bb125.bb
 .PP
-If neither LESSCHARSET nor LESSCHARDEF is set, 
-but your system supports the 
+If neither LESSCHARSET nor LESSCHARDEF is set,
+but the string "UTF-8" is found in the LC_ALL, LC_TYPE or LANG
+environment variables, then the default character set is utf-8.
+.PP
+If that string is not found, but your system supports the
 .I setlocale
 interface,
 .I less
 will use setlocale to determine the character set.
-setlocale is controlled by setting the LANG or LC_CTYPE environment variables.
+setlocale is controlled by setting the LANG or LC_CTYPE environment
+variables.
+.PP
+Finally, if the
+.I setlocale
+interface is also not available, the default character set is latin1.
 .PP
 Control and binary characters are displayed in standout (reverse video).
 Each such character is displayed in caret notation if possible
@@ -1380,7 +1417,8 @@ LINES and COLUMNS environment variables.)
 .IP EDITOR
 The name of the editor (used for the v command).
 .IP HOME
-Name of the user's home directory (used to find a lesskey file on Unix systems).
+Name of the user's home directory
+(used to find a lesskey file on Unix and OS/2 systems).
 .IP "HOMEDRIVE, HOMEPATH"
 Concatenation of the HOMEDRIVE and HOMEPATH environment variables is
 the name of the user's home directory if the HOME variable is not set
@@ -1413,6 +1451,11 @@ in filenames on Unix systems.
 .IP LESSEDIT
 Editor prototype string (used for the v command).
 See discussion under PROMPTS.
+.IP LESSGLOBALTAGS
+Name of the command used by the -t option to find global tags.
+Normally should be set to "global" if your system has the
+.I global
+(1) command.  If not set, global tags are not used.
 .IP LESSKEY
 Name of the default lesskey(1) file.
 .IP LESSKEY_SYSTEM
@@ -1472,6 +1515,11 @@ more text than the matching string may be highlighted.
 (This problem does not occur when less is compiled to use the POSIX
 regular expression package.)
 .PP
+When viewing text containing ANSI color escape sequences using the -R option,
+searching will not find text containing an embedded escape sequence.
+Also, search highlighting may change the color of some of the text
+which follows the highlighted text.
+.PP
 On some systems,
 .I setlocale
 claims that ASCII characters 0 thru 31 are control characters 
@@ -1482,11 +1530,11 @@ to treat some binary files as ordinary, non-binary files.
 To workaround this problem, set the environment variable
 LESSCHARSET to "ascii" (or whatever character set is appropriate).
 .PP
-See http://www.flash.net/~marknu/less for the latest list of known bugs in this
+See http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less for the latest list of known bugs in this
 version of less.
 
 .SH COPYRIGHT
-Copyright (C) 2000  Mark Nudelman
+Copyright (C) 2001  Mark Nudelman
 .PP
 less is part of the GNU project and is free software.
 You can redistribute it and/or modify it
@@ -1509,7 +1557,8 @@ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 .SH AUTHOR
 .PP
-Mark Nudelman <marknu@flash.net>
+Mark Nudelman <markn@greenwoodsoftware.com>
 .br
 Send bug reports or comments to the above address or to bug-less@gnu.org.
-
+.br
+For more information, see the less homepage at http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less.
diff --git a/contrib/less/lesskey.c b/contrib/less/lesskey.c
index adab35c..6334230 100644
--- a/contrib/less/lesskey.c
+++ b/contrib/less/lesskey.c
@@ -126,11 +126,14 @@ struct cmdname cmdnames[] =
 	"invalid",		A_UINVALID,
 	"left-scroll",		A_LSHIFT,
 	"next-file",		A_NEXT_FILE,
+	"next-tag",		A_NEXT_TAG,
 	"noaction",		A_NOACTION,
 	"percent",		A_PERCENT,
 	"pipe",			A_PIPE,
 	"prev-file",		A_PREV_FILE,
+	"prev-tag",		A_PREV_TAG,
 	"quit",			A_QUIT,
+	"remove-file",		A_REMOVE_FILE,
 	"repaint",		A_REPAINT,
 	"repaint-flush",	A_FREPAINT,
 	"repeat-search",	A_AGAIN_SEARCH,
@@ -411,6 +414,10 @@ tstr(pp)
 			case 'h': ch = SK_HOME; break;
 			case 'e': ch = SK_END; break;
 			case 'x': ch = SK_DELETE; break;
+			default:
+				error("illegal char after \\k");
+				*pp = p+1;
+				return ("");
 			}
 			*pp = p+1;
 			buf[0] = SK_SPECIAL_KEY;
diff --git a/contrib/less/lesskey.man b/contrib/less/lesskey.man
index 8cff45e..ee7752d 100644
--- a/contrib/less/lesskey.man
+++ b/contrib/less/lesskey.man
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ CCOOMMMMAANNDD SSEECCTTIIOONN
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   1
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   1
 
 
 
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ LESSKEY(1)                                             LESSKEY(1)
        _s_t_r_i_n_g may appear literally, or be prefixed by a caret  to
        indicate  a  control  key.  A backslash followed by one to
        three octal digits may be used to specify a  character  by
-       its  octal value.  A backslash followed by certain charac-
+       its  octal value.  A backslash followed by certain charac­
        ters specifies input characters as follows:
 
        \b     BACKSPACE
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ LESSKEY(1)                                             LESSKEY(1)
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   2
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   2
 
 
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ LESSKEY(1)                                             LESSKEY(1)
 
 
 EEXXAAMMPPLLEE
-       The following input file describes the set of default com-
+       The following input file describes the set of default com­
        mand keys used by less:
 
             #command
@@ -186,14 +186,14 @@ EEXXAAMMPPLLEE
             ^L        repaint
             \eu       undo-hilite
             g         goto-line
+            \kh  goto-line
             <         goto-line
             \e<       goto-line
             p         percent
-            %         percent
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   3
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   3
 
 
 
@@ -202,6 +202,7 @@ EEXXAAMMPPLLEE
 LESSKEY(1)                                             LESSKEY(1)
 
 
+            %         percent
             \e[       left-scroll
             \e]       right-scroll
             \e(       left-scroll
@@ -217,6 +218,7 @@ LESSKEY(1)                                             LESSKEY(1)
             G         goto-end
             \e>       goto-end
             >         goto-end
+            \ke  goto-end
             =         status
             ^G        status
             :f        status
@@ -236,7 +238,10 @@ LESSKEY(1)                                             LESSKEY(1)
             ^X^V      examine
             :n        next-file
             :p        prev-file
+            t         next-tag
+            T         prev-tag
             :x        index-file
+            :d        remove-file
             -         toggle-option
             :t        toggle-option t
             s         toggle-option o
@@ -251,15 +256,10 @@ LESSKEY(1)                                             LESSKEY(1)
             0         digit
             1         digit
             2         digit
-            3         digit
-            4         digit
-            5         digit
-            6         digit
-            7         digit
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   4
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   4
 
 
 
@@ -268,6 +268,11 @@ LESSKEY(1)                                             LESSKEY(1)
 LESSKEY(1)                                             LESSKEY(1)
 
 
+            3         digit
+            4         digit
+            5         digit
+            6         digit
+            7         digit
             8         digit
             9         digit
             q         quit
@@ -295,7 +300,7 @@ PPRREECCEEDDEENNCCEE
        file.
 
        Be aware that #stop can be dangerous.  Since  all  default
-       commands  are  disabled,  you must provide sufficient com-
+       commands  are  disabled,  you must provide sufficient com­
        mands before  the  #stop  line  to  enable  all  necessary
        actions.  For example, failure to provide a "quit" command
        can lead to frustration.
@@ -306,9 +311,9 @@ LLIINNEE EEDDIITTIINNGG SSEECCTTIIOONN
 
        #line-edit
 
-       This section specifies new key bindings for the line edit-
+       This section specifies new key bindings for the line edit­
        ing  commands, in a manner similar to the way key bindings
-       for ordinary commands are specified in the  #command  sec-
+       for ordinary commands are specified in the  #command  sec­
        tion.  The line-editing section consists of a list of keys
        and actions, one per line as in the example below.
 
@@ -317,15 +322,10 @@ EEXXAAMMPPLLEE
        The following input file  describes  the  set  of  default
        line-editing keys used by less:
 
-            #line-edit
-            \t        forw-complete
-            \17       back-complete
-            \e\t      back-complete
-            ^L        expand
 
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   5
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   5
 
 
 
@@ -334,6 +334,11 @@ EEXXAAMMPPLLEE
 LESSKEY(1)                                             LESSKEY(1)
 
 
+            #line-edit
+            \t        forw-complete
+            \17       back-complete
+            \e\t      back-complete
+            ^L        expand
             ^V        literal
             ^A        literal
             \el       right
@@ -366,7 +371,7 @@ LLEESSSS EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT VVAARRIIAABBLLEESS
        #env
 
        Following  this  line  is  a  list of environment variable
-       assignments.  Each line consists of an  environment  vari-
+       assignments.  Each line consists of an  environment  vari­
        able name, an equals sign (=) and the value to be assigned
        to the environment variable.  White space before and after
        the  equals  sign  is ignored.  Variables assigned in this
@@ -383,21 +388,22 @@ EEXXAAMMPPLLEE
        The following input file sets the -i option whenever  _l_e_s_s
        is run, and specifies the character set to be "latin1":
 
-            #env
-            LESS = -i
-            LESSCHARSET = latin1
 
 
 
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   6
 
 
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   6
 
 
 
+LESSKEY(1)                                             LESSKEY(1)
 
 
-LESSKEY(1)                                             LESSKEY(1)
+            #env
+            LESS = -i
+            LESSCHARSET = latin1
+
 
 
 SSEEEE AALLSSOO
@@ -405,7 +411,7 @@ SSEEEE AALLSSOO
 
 
 WWAARRNNIINNGGSS
-       It  is not possible to specify special keys, such as upar-
+       It  is not possible to specify special keys, such as upar­
        row, in a keyboard-independent manner.  The  only  way  to
        specify  such keys is to specify the escape sequence which
        a particular keyboard sends when such a keys is pressed.
@@ -426,8 +432,8 @@ CCOOPPYYRRIIGGHHTT
        any later version.
 
        lesskey is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-       but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even  the  implied  war-
-       ranty  of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PUR-
+       but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even  the  implied  war­
+       ranty  of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PUR­
        POSE.   See  the  GNU  General  Public  License  for  more
        details.
 
@@ -438,7 +444,7 @@ CCOOPPYYRRIIGGHHTT
 
 
 AAUUTTHHOORR
-       Mark Nudelman <marknu@flash.net>
+       Mark Nudelman <markn@greenwoodsoftware.com>
        Send bug reports or comments to the above  address  or  to
        bug-less@gnu.org.
 
@@ -451,12 +457,6 @@ AAUUTTHHOORR
 
 
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                     Version 358: 08 Jul 2000                   7
+                     Version 371: 26 Dec 2001                   7
 
 
diff --git a/contrib/less/lesskey.nro b/contrib/less/lesskey.nro
index 7ed9502..30fd7f9 100644
--- a/contrib/less/lesskey.nro
+++ b/contrib/less/lesskey.nro
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH LESSKEY 1 "Version 358: 08 Jul 2000"
+.TH LESSKEY 1 "Version 371: 26 Dec 2001"
 .SH NAME
 lesskey \- specify key bindings for less
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -168,6 +168,7 @@ default command keys used by less:
 	^L		repaint 
 	\eeu		undo-hilite
 	g		goto-line 
+	\ekh	goto-line
 	<		goto-line 
 	\ee<		goto-line 
 	p		percent 
@@ -187,6 +188,7 @@ default command keys used by less:
 	G		goto-end 
 	\ee>		goto-end 
 	>		goto-end 
+	\eke	goto-end
 	=		status 
 	^G		status 
 	:f		status 
@@ -206,7 +208,10 @@ default command keys used by less:
 	^X^V		examine 
 	:n		next-file 
 	:p		prev-file 
+	t		next-tag
+	T		prev-tag
 	:x		index-file 
+	:d		remove-file
 	-		toggle-option 
 	:t		toggle-option t
 	s		toggle-option o
@@ -373,7 +378,7 @@ Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
 
 .SH AUTHOR
 .PP
-Mark Nudelman <marknu@flash.net>
+Mark Nudelman <markn@greenwoodsoftware.com>
 .br
 Send bug reports or comments to the above address or to bug-less@gnu.org.
 
diff --git a/contrib/less/line.c b/contrib/less/line.c
index 6781a2c..981d84e 100644
--- a/contrib/less/line.c
+++ b/contrib/less/line.c
@@ -20,20 +20,23 @@
 #define IS_CONT(c)  (((c) & 0xC0) == 0x80)
 #define LINENUM_WIDTH   8       /* Chars to use for line number */
 
-/* Buffer which holds the current output line */
-public char linebuf[LINEBUF_SIZE];
-public int size_linebuf = sizeof(linebuf);
+public char *linebuf = NULL;	/* Buffer which holds the current output line */
+static char *attr = NULL;	/* Extension of linebuf to hold attributes */
+public int size_linebuf = 0;	/* Size of line buffer (and attr buffer) */
 
 public int cshift;		/* Current left-shift of output line buffer */
 public int hshift;		/* Desired left-shift of output line buffer */
+public int tabstops[TABSTOP_MAX] = { 0 }; /* Custom tabstops */
+public int ntabstops = 1;	/* Number of tabstops */
+public int tabdefault = 8;	/* Default repeated tabstops */
 
-static char attr[LINEBUF_SIZE];	/* Extension of linebuf to hold attributes */
 static int curr;		/* Index into linebuf */
 static int column;		/* Printable length, accounting for
 				   backspaces, etc. */
 static int overstrike;		/* Next char should overstrike previous char */
 static int is_null_line;	/* There is no current line */
 static int lmargin;		/* Left margin */
+static int hilites;		/* Number of hilites in this line */
 static char pendc;
 static POSITION pendpos;
 static char *end_ansi_chars;
@@ -41,7 +44,6 @@ static char *end_ansi_chars;
 static int do_append();
 
 extern int bs_mode;
-extern int tabstop;
 extern int linenums;
 extern int ctldisp;
 extern int twiddle;
@@ -66,6 +68,34 @@ init_line()
 	end_ansi_chars = lgetenv("LESSANSIENDCHARS");
 	if (end_ansi_chars == NULL || *end_ansi_chars == '\0')
 		end_ansi_chars = "m";
+	linebuf = (char *) ecalloc(LINEBUF_SIZE, sizeof(char));
+	attr = (char *) ecalloc(LINEBUF_SIZE, sizeof(char));
+	size_linebuf = LINEBUF_SIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Expand the line buffer.
+ */
+ 	static int
+expand_linebuf()
+{
+	int new_size = size_linebuf + LINEBUF_SIZE;
+	char *new_buf = (char *) calloc(new_size, sizeof(char));
+	char *new_attr = (char *) calloc(new_size, sizeof(char));
+	if (new_buf == NULL || new_attr == NULL)
+	{
+		if (new_attr != NULL)
+			free(new_attr);
+		if (new_buf != NULL)
+			free(new_buf);
+		return 1;
+	}
+	memcpy(new_buf, linebuf, size_linebuf * sizeof(char));
+	memcpy(new_attr, attr, size_linebuf * sizeof(char));
+	linebuf = new_buf;
+	attr = new_attr;
+	size_linebuf = new_size;
+	return 0;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -80,6 +110,9 @@ prewind()
 	is_null_line = 0;
 	pendc = '\0';
 	lmargin = 0;
+#if HILITE_SEARCH
+	hilites = 0;
+#endif
 	if (status_col)
 		lmargin += 1;
 	if (linenums == OPT_ONPLUS)
@@ -146,10 +179,44 @@ plinenum(pos)
 }
 
 /*
- *
+ * Determine how many characters are required to shift N columns.
  */
 	static int
-utf_len(char *s, int len)
+shift_chars(s, len)
+	char *s;
+	int len;
+{
+	char *p = s;
+
+	/*
+	 * Each char counts for one column, except ANSI color escape
+	 * sequences use no columns since they don't move the cursor.
+	 */
+	while (*p != '\0' && len > 0)
+	{
+		if (*p++ != ESC)
+		{
+			len--;
+		} else
+		{
+			while (*p != '\0')
+			{
+				if (is_ansi_end(*p++))
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return (p - s);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Determine how many characters are required to shift N columns (UTF version).
+ * {{ FIXME: what about color escape sequences in UTF mode? }}
+ */
+	static int
+utf_shift_chars(s, len)
+	char *s;
+	int len;
 {
 	int ulen = 0;
 
@@ -177,28 +244,26 @@ pshift(shift)
 	int shift;
 {
 	int i;
-	int real_shift;
+	int nchars;
 
 	if (shift > column - lmargin)
 		shift = column - lmargin;
 	if (shift > curr - lmargin)
 		shift = curr - lmargin;
 
-	if (!utf_mode)
-		real_shift = shift;
+	if (utf_mode)
+		nchars = utf_shift_chars(linebuf + lmargin, shift);
 	else
+		nchars = shift_chars(linebuf + lmargin, shift);
+	if (nchars > curr)
+		nchars = curr;
+	for (i = 0;  i < curr - nchars;  i++)
 	{
-		real_shift = utf_len(linebuf + lmargin, shift);
-		if (real_shift > curr)
-			real_shift = curr;
-	}
-	for (i = 0;  i < curr - real_shift;  i++)
-	{
-		linebuf[lmargin + i] = linebuf[lmargin + i + real_shift];
-		attr[lmargin + i] = attr[lmargin + i + real_shift];
+		linebuf[lmargin + i] = linebuf[lmargin + i + nchars];
+		attr[lmargin + i] = attr[lmargin + i + nchars];
 	}
+	curr -= nchars;
 	column -= shift;
-	curr -= real_shift;
 	cshift += shift;
 }
 
@@ -306,17 +371,30 @@ in_ansi_esc_seq()
 	{
 		if (linebuf[i] == ESC)
 			return (1);
-		if (strchr(end_ansi_chars, linebuf[i]) != NULL)
+		if (is_ansi_end(linebuf[i]))
 			return (0);
 	}
 	return (0);
 }
 
 /*
+ * Is a character the end of an ANSI escape sequence?
+ */
+	public int
+is_ansi_end(c)
+	char c;
+{
+	return (strchr(end_ansi_chars, c) != NULL);
+}
+
+/*
  * Append a character and attribute to the line buffer.
  */
+#define	STORE_CHAR(c,a,pos) \
+	do { if (store_char((c),(a),(pos))) return (1); else curr++; } while (0)
+
 	static int
-storec(c, a, pos)
+store_char(c, a, pos)
 	int c;
 	int a;
 	POSITION pos;
@@ -325,11 +403,14 @@ storec(c, a, pos)
 
 #if HILITE_SEARCH
 	if (is_hilited(pos, pos+1, 0))
+	{
 		/*
 		 * This character should be highlighted.
 		 * Override the attribute passed in.
 		 */
 		a = AT_STANDOUT;
+		hilites++;
+	}
 #endif
 	if (ctldisp == OPT_ONPLUS && in_ansi_esc_seq())
 		w = 0;
@@ -341,11 +422,15 @@ storec(c, a, pos)
 		 */
 		return (1);
 
-	if (curr >= sizeof(linebuf)-2)
+	if (curr >= size_linebuf-2)
+	{
 		/*
 		 * Won't fit in line buffer.
+		 * Try to expand it.
 		 */
-		return (1);
+		if (expand_linebuf())
+			return (1);
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Special handling for "magic cookie" terminals.
@@ -387,6 +472,38 @@ storec(c, a, pos)
 }
 
 /*
+ * Append a tab to the line buffer.
+ * Store spaces to represent the tab.
+ */
+#define	STORE_TAB(a,pos) \
+	do { if (store_tab((a),(pos))) return (1); } while (0)
+
+	static int
+store_tab(attr, pos)
+	int attr;
+	POSITION pos;
+{
+	int to_tab = column + cshift - lmargin;
+	int i;
+
+	if (ntabstops < 2 || to_tab >= tabstops[ntabstops-1])
+		to_tab = tabdefault -
+		     ((to_tab - tabstops[ntabstops-1]) % tabdefault);
+	else
+	{
+		for (i = ntabstops - 2;  i >= 0;  i--)
+			if (to_tab >= tabstops[i])
+				break;
+		to_tab = tabstops[i+1] - to_tab;
+	}
+
+	do {
+		STORE_CHAR(' ', attr, pos);
+	} while (--to_tab > 0);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
  * Append a character to the line buffer.
  * Expand tabs into spaces, handle underlining, boldfacing, etc.
  * Returns 0 if ok, 1 if couldn't fit in buffer.
@@ -429,7 +546,10 @@ pappend(c, pos)
 	 * pappending.  (Bold & underline can get messed up otherwise.)
 	 */
 	if (cshift < hshift && column > sc_width / 2)
+	{
+		linebuf[curr] = '\0';
 		pshift(hshift - cshift);
+	}
 	return (r);
 }
 
@@ -441,15 +561,15 @@ do_append(c, pos)
 	register char *s;
 	register int a;
 
-#define	STOREC(c,a) \
-	if (storec((c),(a),pos)) return (1); else curr++
+#define STOREC(c,a) \
+	if ((c) == '\t') STORE_TAB((a),pos); else STORE_CHAR((c),(a),pos)
 
 	if (c == '\b')
 	{
 		switch (bs_mode)
 		{
 		case BS_NORMAL:
-			STOREC(c, AT_NORMAL);
+			STORE_CHAR(c, AT_NORMAL, pos);
 			break;
 		case BS_CONTROL:
 			goto do_control_char;
@@ -469,14 +589,40 @@ do_append(c, pos)
 		 * bold (if an identical character is overstruck),
 		 * or just deletion of the character in the buffer.
 		 */
-		overstrike = 0;
-		if ((char)c == linebuf[curr])
-			STOREC(linebuf[curr], AT_BOLD);
-		else if (c == '_')
+		overstrike--;
+		if (utf_mode && curr > 1 && (char)c == linebuf[curr-2])
+		{
+			backc();
+			backc();
+			overstrike = 2;
+		} else if (utf_mode && curr > 0 && (char)c == linebuf[curr-1])
+		{
+			backc();
+			STORE_CHAR(linebuf[curr], AT_BOLD, pos);
+			overstrike = 1;
+		} else if ((char)c == linebuf[curr])
+		{
+			STOREC(c, AT_BOLD);
+		} else if (c == '_')
+		{
+			if (utf_mode)
+			{
+				if (curr > 0 && IS_CONT(linebuf[curr]))
+					attr[curr-1] = AT_UNDERLINE;
+				if (curr > 1 && IS_CONT(linebuf[curr-1]))
+					attr[curr-2] = AT_UNDERLINE;
+				if (curr > 2 && IS_CONT(linebuf[curr-2]))
+					attr[curr-3] = AT_UNDERLINE;
+				if (curr > 3 && IS_CONT(linebuf[curr-3]))
+					attr[curr-4] = AT_UNDERLINE;
+				if (curr > 4 && IS_CONT(linebuf[curr-4]))
+					attr[curr-5] = AT_UNDERLINE;
+			}
 			STOREC(linebuf[curr], AT_UNDERLINE);
-		else if (linebuf[curr] == '_')
+		} else if (linebuf[curr] == '_')
+		{
 			STOREC(c, AT_UNDERLINE);
-		else if (control_char(c))
+		} else if (control_char(c))
 			goto do_control_char;
 		else
 			STOREC(c, AT_NORMAL);
@@ -485,18 +631,13 @@ do_append(c, pos)
 		/*
 		 * Expand a tab into spaces.
 		 */
-		if (tabstop == 0)
-			tabstop = 1;
 		switch (bs_mode)
 		{
 		case BS_CONTROL:
 			goto do_control_char;
 		case BS_NORMAL:
 		case BS_SPECIAL:
-			do
-			{
-				STOREC(' ', AT_NORMAL);
-			} while (((column + cshift - lmargin) % tabstop) != 0);
+			STORE_TAB(AT_NORMAL, pos);
 			break;
 		}
 	} else if (control_char(c))
@@ -507,7 +648,7 @@ do_append(c, pos)
 			/*
 			 * Output as a normal character.
 			 */
-			STOREC(c, AT_NORMAL);
+			STORE_CHAR(c, AT_NORMAL, pos);
 		} else 
 		{
 			/*
@@ -525,7 +666,7 @@ do_append(c, pos)
 				return (1);
 
 			for ( ;  *s != 0;  s++)
-				STOREC(*s, a);
+				STORE_CHAR(*s, a, pos);
 		}
 	} else
 	{
@@ -568,6 +709,14 @@ pdone(endline)
 	}
 	linebuf[curr] = '\0';
 	attr[curr] = AT_NORMAL;
+
+#if HILITE_SEARCH
+	if (status_col && hilites > 0)
+	{
+		linebuf[0] = '*';
+		attr[0] = AT_STANDOUT;
+	}
+#endif
 	/*
 	 * If we are done with this line, reset the current shift.
 	 */
@@ -622,7 +771,7 @@ forw_raw_line(curr_pos, linep)
 	POSITION curr_pos;
 	char **linep;
 {
-	register char *p;
+	register int n;
 	register int c;
 	POSITION new_pos;
 
@@ -630,8 +779,7 @@ forw_raw_line(curr_pos, linep)
 		(c = ch_forw_get()) == EOI)
 		return (NULL_POSITION);
 
-	p = linebuf;
-
+	n = 0;
 	for (;;)
 	{
 		if (c == '\n' || c == EOI)
@@ -639,21 +787,22 @@ forw_raw_line(curr_pos, linep)
 			new_pos = ch_tell();
 			break;
 		}
-		if (p >= &linebuf[sizeof(linebuf)-1])
+		if (n >= size_linebuf-1)
 		{
-			/*
-			 * Overflowed the input buffer.
-			 * Pretend the line ended here.
-			 * {{ The line buffer is supposed to be big
-			 *    enough that this never happens. }}
-			 */
-			new_pos = ch_tell() - 1;
-			break;
+			if (expand_linebuf())
+			{
+				/*
+				 * Overflowed the input buffer.
+				 * Pretend the line ended here.
+				 */
+				new_pos = ch_tell() - 1;
+				break;
+			}
 		}
-		*p++ = c;
+		linebuf[n++] = c;
 		c = ch_forw_get();
 	}
-	*p = '\0';
+	linebuf[n] = '\0';
 	if (linep != NULL)
 		*linep = linebuf;
 	return (new_pos);
@@ -668,7 +817,7 @@ back_raw_line(curr_pos, linep)
 	POSITION curr_pos;
 	char **linep;
 {
-	register char *p;
+	register int n;
 	register int c;
 	POSITION new_pos;
 
@@ -676,9 +825,8 @@ back_raw_line(curr_pos, linep)
 		ch_seek(curr_pos-1))
 		return (NULL_POSITION);
 
-	p = &linebuf[sizeof(linebuf)];
-	*--p = '\0';
-
+	n = size_linebuf;
+	linebuf[--n] = '\0';
 	for (;;)
 	{
 		c = ch_back_get();
@@ -701,18 +849,32 @@ back_raw_line(curr_pos, linep)
 			new_pos = ch_zero();
 			break;
 		}
-		if (p <= linebuf)
+		if (n <= 0)
 		{
+			int old_size_linebuf = size_linebuf;
+			char *fm;
+			char *to;
+			if (expand_linebuf())
+			{
+				/*
+				 * Overflowed the input buffer.
+				 * Pretend the line ended here.
+				 */
+				new_pos = ch_tell() + 1;
+				break;
+			}
 			/*
-			 * Overflowed the input buffer.
-			 * Pretend the line ended here.
+			 * Shift the data to the end of the new linebuf.
 			 */
-			new_pos = ch_tell() + 1;
-			break;
+			for (fm = linebuf + old_size_linebuf,
+			      to = linebuf + size_linebuf;
+			     fm >= linebuf;  fm--, to--)
+				*to = *fm;
+			n = size_linebuf - old_size_linebuf;
 		}
-		*--p = c;
+		linebuf[--n] = c;
 	}
 	if (linep != NULL)
-		*linep = p;
+		*linep = &linebuf[n];
 	return (new_pos);
 }
diff --git a/contrib/less/linenum.c b/contrib/less/linenum.c
index e75711c..7a90cd5 100644
--- a/contrib/less/linenum.c
+++ b/contrib/less/linenum.c
@@ -297,7 +297,6 @@ find_linenum(pos)
 	 * The decision is based on which way involves 
 	 * traversing fewer bytes in the file.
 	 */
-	flush();
 #if HAVE_TIME
 	startime = get_time();
 #endif
@@ -386,7 +385,6 @@ find_pos(lno)
 		/* Found it exactly. */
 		return (p->pos);
 
-	flush();
 	if (p == &anchor || lno - p->prev->line < p->line - lno)
 	{
 		/*
diff --git a/contrib/less/lsystem.c b/contrib/less/lsystem.c
index 92286a3..30c89de 100644
--- a/contrib/less/lsystem.c
+++ b/contrib/less/lsystem.c
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
  * Necessarily very OS dependent.
  */
 
-#include <signal.h>
 #include "less.h"
+#include <signal.h>
 #include "position.h"
 
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER
@@ -107,7 +107,12 @@ lsystem(cmd, donemsg)
 	 */
 	inp = dup(0);
 	close(0);
+#if OS2
+	/* The __open() system call translates "/dev/tty" to "con". */
+	if (__open("/dev/tty", OPEN_READ) < 0)
+#else
 	if (open("/dev/tty", OPEN_READ) < 0)
+#endif
 		dup(inp);
 #endif
 
diff --git a/contrib/less/main.c b/contrib/less/main.c
index 2c69d87..861996b 100644
--- a/contrib/less/main.c
+++ b/contrib/less/main.c
@@ -14,6 +14,9 @@
  */
 
 #include "less.h"
+#if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
 
 public char *	every_first_cmd = NULL;
 public int	new_file;
@@ -42,10 +45,15 @@ public char *	editproto;
 #endif
 
 #if TAGS
+extern char *	tags;
 extern char *	tagoption;
 extern int	jump_sline;
 #endif
 
+#ifdef WIN32
+static char consoleTitle[256];
+#endif
+
 extern int	missing_cap;
 extern int	know_dumb;
 
@@ -93,6 +101,7 @@ main(argc, argv)
 			putenv(env);
 		}
 	}
+	GetConsoleTitle(consoleTitle, sizeof(consoleTitle)/sizeof(char));
 #endif /* WIN32 */
 
 	/*
@@ -153,7 +162,7 @@ main(argc, argv)
 		ifile = get_ifile(FAKE_HELPFILE, ifile);
 	while (argc-- > 0)
 	{
-#if (MSDOS_COMPILER && MSDOS_COMPILER != DJGPPC) || OS2
+#if (MSDOS_COMPILER && MSDOS_COMPILER != DJGPPC)
 		/*
 		 * Because the "shell" doesn't expand filename patterns,
 		 * treat each argument as a filename pattern rather than
@@ -209,7 +218,7 @@ main(argc, argv)
 	 * Select the first file to examine.
 	 */
 #if TAGS
-	if (tagoption != NULL)
+	if (tagoption != NULL || strcmp(tags, "-") == 0)
 	{
 		/*
 		 * A -t option was given.
@@ -365,6 +374,9 @@ quit(status)
 	 */
 	close(2);
 #endif
+#if WIN32
+	SetConsoleTitle(consoleTitle);
+#endif
 	close_getchr();
 	exit(status);
 }
diff --git a/contrib/less/optfunc.c b/contrib/less/optfunc.c
index e3fb861..524551c 100644
--- a/contrib/less/optfunc.c
+++ b/contrib/less/optfunc.c
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ extern char closequote;
 extern char *prproto[];
 extern char *eqproto;
 extern char *hproto;
+extern char *wproto;
 extern IFILE curr_ifile;
 extern char version[];
 #if LOGFILE
@@ -291,6 +292,7 @@ opt__P(type, s)
 		case 'M':  proto = &prproto[PR_LONG];	s++;	break;
 		case '=':  proto = &eqproto;		s++;	break;
 		case 'h':  proto = &hproto;		s++;	break;
+		case 'w':  proto = &wproto;		s++;	break;
 		default:   proto = &prproto[PR_SHORT];		break;
 		}
 		free(*proto);
@@ -368,10 +370,11 @@ opt__V(type, s)
 		any_display = 1;
 		putstr("less ");
 		putstr(version);
-		putstr("\nCopyright (C) 2000 Mark Nudelman\n\n");
+		putstr("\nCopyright (C) 2001 Mark Nudelman\n\n");
 		putstr("less comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n");
 		putstr("For information about the terms of redistribution,\n");
 		putstr("see the file named README in the less distribution.\n");
+		putstr("Homepage: http://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less\n");
 		quit(QUIT_OK);
 		break;
 	}
@@ -461,6 +464,62 @@ opt_D(type, s)
 #endif
 
 /*
+ * Handler for the -x option.
+ */
+	public void
+opt_x(type, s)
+	int type;
+	register char *s;
+{
+	extern int tabstops[];
+	extern int ntabstops;
+	extern int tabdefault;
+	char msg[60+(4*TABSTOP_MAX)];
+	int i;
+	PARG p;
+
+	switch (type)
+	{
+	case INIT:
+	case TOGGLE:
+		/* Start at 1 because tabstops[0] is always zero. */
+		for (i = 1;  i < TABSTOP_MAX;  )
+		{
+			int n = 0;
+			while (*s >= '0' && *s <= '9')
+				n = (10 * n) + (*s++ - '0');
+			if (n > tabstops[i-1])
+				tabstops[i++] = n;
+			if (*s++ != ',')
+				break;
+		}
+		if (i < 2)
+			return;
+		ntabstops = i;
+		tabdefault = tabstops[ntabstops-1] - tabstops[ntabstops-2];
+		break;
+	case QUERY:
+		strcpy(msg, "Tab stops ");
+		if (ntabstops > 2)
+		{
+			for (i = 1;  i < ntabstops;  i++)
+			{
+				if (i > 1)
+					strcat(msg, ",");
+				sprintf(msg+strlen(msg), "%d", tabstops[i]);
+			}
+			sprintf(msg+strlen(msg), " and then ");
+		}
+		sprintf(msg+strlen(msg), "every %d spaces",
+			tabdefault);
+		p.p_string = msg;
+		error("%s", &p);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
  * Handler for the -" option.
  */
 	public void
diff --git a/contrib/less/option.c b/contrib/less/option.c
index 137eb48..497233e 100644
--- a/contrib/less/option.c
+++ b/contrib/less/option.c
@@ -116,11 +116,12 @@ scan_option(s)
 			 * EVERY input file.
 			 */
 			plusoption = TRUE;
-			if (*s == '+')
-				every_first_cmd = save(++s);
+			str = s;
+			s = optstring(s, propt('+'), NULL);
+			if (*str == '+')
+				every_first_cmd = save(++str);
 			else
-				ungetsc(s);
-			s = optstring(s, propt('+'));
+				ungetsc(str);
 			continue;
 		case '0':  case '1':  case '2':  case '3':  case '4':
 		case '5':  case '6':  case '7':  case '8':  case '9':
@@ -225,7 +226,7 @@ scan_option(s)
 			 * the handling function.
 			 */
 			str = s;
-			s = optstring(s, printopt);
+			s = optstring(s, printopt, o->odesc[1]);
 			break;
 		case NUMBER:
 			if (*s == '\0')
@@ -543,11 +544,13 @@ nopendopt()
  * Return a pointer to the remainder of the string, if any.
  */
 	static char *
-optstring(s, printopt)
+optstring(s, printopt, validchars)
 	char *s;
 	char *printopt;
+	char *validchars;
 {
 	register char *p;
+	PARG parg;
 
 	if (*s == '\0')
 	{
@@ -555,8 +558,19 @@ optstring(s, printopt)
 		quit(QUIT_ERROR);
 	}
 	for (p = s;  *p != '\0';  p++)
-		if (*p == END_OPTION_STRING)
+		if (*p == END_OPTION_STRING ||
+		    (validchars != NULL && strchr(validchars, *p) == NULL))
 		{
+			switch (*p)
+			{
+			case END_OPTION_STRING:
+			case ' ':  case '\t':  case '-':
+				break;
+			default:
+				parg.p_string = p;
+				error("Option string needs delimiter before %s", &parg);
+				break;
+			}
 			*p = '\0';
 			return (p+1);
 		}
diff --git a/contrib/less/opttbl.c b/contrib/less/opttbl.c
index 132de68..9f43f65 100644
--- a/contrib/less/opttbl.c
+++ b/contrib/less/opttbl.c
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ public int swindow;		/* Size of scrolling window */
 public int jump_sline;		/* Screen line of "jump target" */
 public int chopline;		/* Truncate displayed lines at screen width */
 public int no_init;		/* Disable sending ti/te termcap strings */
+public int no_keypad;		/* Disable sending ks/ke termcap strings */
 public int twiddle;             /* Show tildes after EOF */
 public int show_attn;		/* Hilite first unread line */
 public int shift_count;		/* Number of positions to shift horizontally */
@@ -102,10 +103,20 @@ static struct optname quote_optname  = { "quotes",               NULL };
 static struct optname tilde_optname  = { "tilde",                NULL };
 static struct optname query_optname  = { "help",                 NULL };
 static struct optname pound_optname  = { "shift",                NULL };
+static struct optname keypad_optname = { "no-keypad",            NULL };
 
 
 /*
  * Table of all options and their semantics.
+ *
+ * For BOOL and TRIPLE options, odesc[0], odesc[1], odesc[2] are
+ * the description of the option when set to 0, 1 or 2, respectively.
+ * For NUMBER options, odesc[0] is the prompt to use when entering
+ * a new value, and odesc[1] is the description, which should contain 
+ * one %d which is replaced by the value of the number.
+ * For STRING options, odesc[0] is the prompt to use when entering
+ * a new value, and odesc[1], if not NULL, is the set of characters
+ * that are valid in the string.
  */
 static struct option option[] =
 {
@@ -143,7 +154,9 @@ static struct option option[] =
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER
 	{ 'D', &D__optname,
 		STRING|REPAINT|NO_QUERY, 0, NULL, opt_D,
-		"color desc: ", NULL, NULL
+		"color desc: ", 
+		"Ddknsu0123456789.",
+		NULL
 	},
 #endif
 	{ 'e', &e_optname,
@@ -287,9 +300,9 @@ static struct option option[] =
 		"Highlight first unread line after any forward movement",
 	},
 	{ 'x', &x_optname,
-		NUMBER|REPAINT, 8, &tabstop, NULL,
+		STRING|REPAINT, 0, NULL, opt_x,
 		"Tab stops: ",
-		"Tab stops every %d spaces", 
+		"0123456789,",
 		NULL
 	},
 	{ 'X', &X__optname,
@@ -330,6 +343,12 @@ static struct option option[] =
 		"Horizontal shift %d positions",
 		NULL
 	},
+	{ '.', &keypad_optname,
+		BOOL|NO_TOGGLE, OPT_OFF, &no_keypad, NULL,
+		"Use keypad mode",
+		"Don't use keypad mode",
+		NULL
+	},
 	{ '\0', NULL, NOVAR, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }
 };
 
@@ -429,7 +448,7 @@ findopt_name(p_optname, p_oname, p_err)
 					maxoname = oname;
 					maxlen = len;
 					ambig = 0;
-					exact = (len == strlen(oname->oname));
+					exact = (len == (int)strlen(oname->oname));
 				}
 				if (!(o->otype & TRIPLE))
 					break;
diff --git a/contrib/less/os.c b/contrib/less/os.c
index 6e37bb2..4b4e0a4 100644
--- a/contrib/less/os.c
+++ b/contrib/less/os.c
@@ -33,9 +33,6 @@
 #if HAVE_VALUES_H
 #include <values.h>
 #endif
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
-#include <limits.h>
-#endif
 
 #if HAVE_TIME_T
 #define time_type	time_t
@@ -233,36 +230,6 @@ errno_message(filename)
 }
 
 /*
- * Return the largest possible number that can fit in a long.
- */
-	static long
-get_maxlong()
-{
-#ifdef LONG_MAX
-	return (LONG_MAX);
-#else
-#ifdef MAXLONG
-	return (MAXLONG);
-#else
-	long n, n2;
-
-	/*
-	 * Keep doubling n until we overflow.
-	 * {{ This actually only returns the largest power of two that
-	 *    can fit in a long, but percentage() doesn't really need
-	 *    it any more accurate than that. }}
-	 */
-	n2 = 128;  /* Hopefully no maxlong is less than 128! */
-	do {
-		n = n2;
-		n2 *= 2;
-	} while (n2 / 2 == n);
-	return (n);
-#endif
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
  * Return the ratio of two POSITIONS, as a percentage.
  * {{ Assumes a POSITION is a long int. }}
  */
@@ -270,27 +237,67 @@ get_maxlong()
 percentage(num, den)
 	POSITION num, den;
 {
-	if (num <= get_maxlong() / 100)
-		return ((100 * num) / den);
+	POSITION num100 = num * 100;
+
+	if (num100 / 100 == num)
+		return (num100 / den);
 	else
 		return (num / (den / 100));
 }
 
 /*
  * Return the specified percentage of a POSITION.
- * {{ Assumes a POSITION is a long int. }}
  */
 	public POSITION
 percent_pos(pos, percent)
 	POSITION pos;
 	int percent;
 {
-	if (pos <= get_maxlong() / 100)
-		return ((percent * pos) / 100);
+	POSITION result100;
+
+	if (percent == 0)
+		return (0);
+	else if ((result100 = pos * percent) / percent == pos)
+		return (result100 / 100);
 	else
 		return (percent * (pos / 100));
 }
 
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR
+/*
+ * strchr is used by regexp.c.
+ */
+	char *
+strchr(s, c)
+	char *s;
+	int c;
+{
+	for ( ;  *s != '\0';  s++)
+		if (*s == c)
+			return (s);
+	if (c == '\0')
+		return (s);
+	return (NULL);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_MEMCPY
+	VOID_POINTER
+memcpy(dst, src, len)
+	VOID_POINTER dst;
+	VOID_POINTER src;
+	int len;
+{
+	char *dstp = (char *) dst;
+	char *srcp = (char *) src;
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0;  i < len;  i++)
+		dstp[i] = srcp[i];
+	return (dst);
+}
+#endif
+
 #ifdef _OSK_MWC32
 
 /*
@@ -306,7 +313,7 @@ os9_signal(type, handler)
 
 #include <sgstat.h>
 
-	public int 
+	int 
 isatty(f)
 	int f;
 {
diff --git a/contrib/less/output.c b/contrib/less/output.c
index a9c3e9f..d309303 100644
--- a/contrib/less/output.c
+++ b/contrib/less/output.c
@@ -125,68 +125,43 @@ flush()
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
 	if (is_tty && any_display)
 	{
-		char *p;
 		char *op;
 		DWORD nwritten = 0;
 		CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr;
-		DWORD nchars;
-		COORD cpos;
-		WORD nm_attr;
+		int row;
+		int col;
 		int olen;
 		extern HANDLE con_out;
-		extern int nm_fg_color;
-		extern int nm_bg_color;
-#define	MAKEATTR(fg,bg)		((WORD)((fg)|((bg)<<4)))
 
-		*ob = '\0';
 		olen = ob - obuf;
 		/*
-		 * To avoid color problems, if we're scrolling the screen,
-		 * we write only up to the char that causes the scroll,
-		 * (a newline or a char in the last column), then fill 
-		 * the bottom line with the "normal" attribute, then 
-		 * write the rest.
-		 * When Windows scrolls, it takes the attributes for the 
-		 * new line from the first char of the (previously) 
-		 * bottom line.
-		 *
-		 * {{ This still doesn't work correctly in all cases! }}
+		 * There is a bug in Win32 WriteConsole() if we're
+		 * writing in the last cell with a different color.
+		 * To avoid color problems in the bottom line,
+		 * we scroll the screen manually, before writing.
 		 */
-		nm_attr = MAKEATTR(nm_fg_color, nm_bg_color);
-		for (op = obuf;  *op != '\0';  )
+		GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(con_out, &scr);
+		col = scr.dwCursorPosition.X;
+		row = scr.dwCursorPosition.Y;
+		for (op = obuf;  op < obuf + olen;  op++)
 		{
-			GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(con_out, &scr);
-			/* Find the next newline. */
-			p = strchr(op, '\n');
-			if (p == NULL &&
-			    scr.dwCursorPosition.X + olen >= sc_width)
-			{
-				/*
-				 * No newline, but writing in the 
-				 * last column causes scrolling.
-				 */
-				p = op + sc_width - scr.dwCursorPosition.X - 1;
-			}
-			if (scr.dwCursorPosition.Y != scr.srWindow.Bottom ||
-			    p == NULL)
+			if (*op == '\n')
 			{
-				/* Write the entire buffer. */
-				WriteConsole(con_out, op, olen,
-						&nwritten, NULL);
-				op += olen;
+				col = 0;
+				row++;
 			} else
 			{
-				/* Write only up to the scrolling char. */
-				WriteConsole(con_out, op, p - op + 1, 
-						&nwritten, NULL);
-				cpos.X = 0;
-				cpos.Y = scr.dwCursorPosition.Y;
-				FillConsoleOutputAttribute(con_out, nm_attr,
-						sc_width, cpos, &nchars);
-				olen -= p - op + 1;
-				op = p + 1;
+				col++;
+				if (col >= sc_width)
+				{
+					col = 0;
+					row++;
+				}
 			}
 		}
+		if (row > scr.srWindow.Bottom)
+			win32_scroll_up(row - scr.srWindow.Bottom);
+		WriteConsole(con_out, obuf, olen, &nwritten, NULL);
 		ob = obuf;
 		return;
 	}
@@ -274,7 +249,7 @@ iprintnum(num, radix)
 	register char *s;
 	int r;
 	int neg;
-	char buf[10];
+	char buf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(num)];
 
 	neg = (num < 0);
 	if (neg)
diff --git a/contrib/less/prompt.c b/contrib/less/prompt.c
index 1448021..80fc29d 100644
--- a/contrib/less/prompt.c
+++ b/contrib/less/prompt.c
@@ -41,19 +41,22 @@ extern char *editproto;
  * These strings are expanded by pr_expand().
  */
 static constant char s_proto[] =
-  "?n?f%f .?m(file %i of %m) ..?e(END) ?x- Next\\: %x..%t";
+  "?n?f%f .?m(%T %i of %m) ..?e(END) ?x- Next\\: %x..%t";
 static constant char m_proto[] =
-  "?n?f%f .?m(file %i of %m) ..?e(END) ?x- Next\\: %x.:?pB%pB\\%:byte %bB?s/%s...%t";
+  "?n?f%f .?m(%T %i of %m) ..?e(END) ?x- Next\\: %x.:?pB%pB\\%:byte %bB?s/%s...%t";
 static constant char M_proto[] =
-  "?f%f .?n?m(file %i of %m) ..?ltlines %lt-%lb?L/%L. :byte %bB?s/%s. .?e(END) ?x- Next\\: %x.:?pB%pB\\%..%t";
+  "?f%f .?n?m(%T %i of %m) ..?ltlines %lt-%lb?L/%L. :byte %bB?s/%s. .?e(END) ?x- Next\\: %x.:?pB%pB\\%..%t";
 static constant char e_proto[] =
-  "?f%f .?m(file %i of %m) .?ltlines %lt-%lb?L/%L. .byte %bB?s/%s. ?e(END) :?pB%pB\\%..%t";
+  "?f%f .?m(%T %i of %m) .?ltlines %lt-%lb?L/%L. .byte %bB?s/%s. ?e(END) :?pB%pB\\%..%t";
 static constant char h_proto[] =
   "HELP -- ?eEND -- Press g to see it again:Press RETURN for more., or q when done";
+static constant char w_proto[] =
+  "Waiting for data";
 
 public char *prproto[3];
 public char constant *eqproto = e_proto;
 public char constant *hproto = h_proto;
+public char constant *wproto = w_proto;
 
 static char message[PROMPT_SIZE];
 static char *mp;
@@ -69,6 +72,7 @@ init_prompt()
 	prproto[2] = save(M_proto);
 	eqproto = save(e_proto);
 	hproto = save(h_proto);
+	wproto = save(w_proto);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -109,10 +113,19 @@ ap_char(c)
 ap_pos(pos)
 	POSITION pos;
 {
-	char buf[MAX_PRINT_POSITION];
-
-	sprintf(buf, PR_POSITION, pos);
-	ap_str(buf);
+	char buf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(pos) + 1]; 
+	char *p = buf + sizeof(buf) - 1;
+	int neg = (pos < 0);
+ 
+	if (neg)
+		pos = -pos;
+	*p = '\0';
+	do
+		*--p = '0' + (pos % 10);
+	while ((pos /= 10) != 0);
+	if (neg)
+		*--p = '-';
+	ap_str(p);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -122,7 +135,7 @@ ap_pos(pos)
 ap_int(n)
 	int n;
 {
-	char buf[MAX_PRINT_INT];
+	char buf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(n) + 1];
 
 	sprintf(buf, "%d", n);
 	ap_str(buf);
@@ -186,9 +199,9 @@ cond(c, where)
 	case 'D':	/* Same as L */
 		return (linenums && ch_length() != NULL_POSITION);
 	case 'm':	/* More than one file? */
-		return (nifile() > 1);
+		return (ntags() ? (ntags() > 1) : (nifile() > 1));
 	case 'n':	/* First prompt in a new file? */
-		return (new_file);
+		return (ntags() ? 1 : new_file);
 	case 'p':	/* Percent into file (bytes) known? */
 		return (curr_byte(where) != NULL_POSITION && 
 				ch_length() > 0);
@@ -200,6 +213,8 @@ cond(c, where)
 	case 'B':
 		return (ch_length() != NULL_POSITION);
 	case 'x':	/* Is there a "next" file? */
+		if (ntags())
+			return (0);
 		return (next_ifile(curr_ifile) != NULL_IFILE);
 	}
 	return (0);
@@ -272,7 +287,10 @@ protochar(c, where, iseditproto)
 		free(s);
 		break;
 	case 'i':	/* Index into list of files */
-		ap_int(get_index(curr_ifile));
+		if (ntags())
+			ap_int(curr_tag());
+		else
+			ap_int(get_index(curr_ifile));
 		break;
 	case 'l':	/* Current line number */
 		n = currline(where);
@@ -290,7 +308,11 @@ protochar(c, where, iseditproto)
 			ap_int(n-1);
 		break;
 	case 'm':	/* Number of files */
-		ap_int(nifile());
+		n = ntags();
+		if (n)
+			ap_int(n);
+		else
+			ap_int(nifile());
 		break;
 	case 'p':	/* Percent into file (bytes) */
 		pos = curr_byte(where);
@@ -321,6 +343,12 @@ protochar(c, where, iseditproto)
 		while (mp > message && mp[-1] == ' ')
 			mp--;
 		break;
+	case 'T':	/* Type of list */
+		if (ntags())
+			ap_str("tag");
+		else
+			ap_str("file");
+		break;
 	case 'x':	/* Name of next file */
 		h = next_ifile(curr_ifile);
 		if (h != NULL_IFILE)
@@ -483,7 +511,6 @@ pr_expand(proto, maxwidth)
 		}
 	}
 
-	new_file = 0;
 	if (mp == message)
 		return (NULL);
 	if (maxwidth > 0 && mp >= message + maxwidth)
@@ -515,7 +542,20 @@ eq_message()
 	public char *
 pr_string()
 {
-	if (ch_getflags() & CH_HELPFILE)
-		return (pr_expand(hproto, sc_width-so_s_width-so_e_width-2));
-	return (pr_expand(prproto[pr_type], sc_width-so_s_width-so_e_width-2));
+	char *prompt;
+
+	prompt = pr_expand((ch_getflags() & CH_HELPFILE) ?
+				hproto : prproto[pr_type],
+			sc_width-so_s_width-so_e_width-2);
+	new_file = 0;
+	return (prompt);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return a message suitable for printing while waiting in the F command.
+ */
+	public char *
+wait_message()
+{
+	return (pr_expand(wproto, sc_width-so_s_width-so_e_width-2));
 }
diff --git a/contrib/less/screen.c b/contrib/less/screen.c
index 20aa81a..485e548 100644
--- a/contrib/less/screen.c
+++ b/contrib/less/screen.c
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ extern int fd0;
 #endif
 #if OS2
 #include <sys/signal.h>
+#include "pckeys.h"
 #endif
 #if HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H
 #include <sys/stream.h>
@@ -88,6 +89,7 @@ extern int fd0;
 
 #if OS2
 #define	DEFAULT_TERM		"ansi"
+static char *windowid;
 #else
 #define	DEFAULT_TERM		"unknown"
 #endif
@@ -223,6 +225,7 @@ extern int quiet;		/* If VERY_QUIET, use visual bell for bell */
 extern int no_back_scroll;
 extern int swindow;
 extern int no_init;
+extern int no_keypad;
 extern int sigs;
 extern int wscroll;
 extern int screen_trashed;
@@ -419,6 +422,9 @@ raw_mode(on)
 		 */
 		s = save_term;
 	}
+#if HAVE_FSYNC
+	fsync(2);
+#endif
 	tcsetattr(2, TCSADRAIN, &s);
 #if MUST_SET_LINE_DISCIPLINE
 	if (!on)
@@ -708,6 +714,27 @@ scrsize()
 		_scrsize(s);
 		sys_width = s[0];
 		sys_height = s[1];
+		/*
+		 * When using terminal emulators for XFree86/OS2, the
+		 * _scrsize function does not work well.
+		 * Call the scrsize.exe program to get the window size.
+		 */
+		windowid = getenv("WINDOWID");
+		if (windowid != NULL)
+		{
+			FILE *fd = popen("scrsize", "rt");
+			if (fd != NULL)
+			{
+				int w, h;
+				fscanf(fd, "%i %i", &w, &h);
+				if (w > 0 && h > 0)
+				{
+					sys_width = w;
+					sys_height = h;
+				}
+				pclose(fd);
+			}
+		}
 	}
 #else
 #ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
@@ -831,7 +858,7 @@ special_key_str(key)
 {
 	static char tbuf[40];
 	char *s;
-#if MSDOS_COMPILER
+#if MSDOS_COMPILER || OS2
 	static char k_right[]		= { '\340', PCK_RIGHT, 0 };
 	static char k_left[]		= { '\340', PCK_LEFT, 0  };
 	static char k_ctl_right[]	= { '\340', PCK_CTL_RIGHT, 0  };
@@ -848,12 +875,56 @@ special_key_str(key)
 	static char k_pagedown[]	= { '\340', PCK_PAGEDOWN, 0 };
 	static char k_pageup[]		= { '\340', PCK_PAGEUP, 0 };
 	static char k_f1[]		= { '\340', PCK_F1, 0 };
-#else
+#endif
+#if !MSDOS_COMPILER
 	char *sp = tbuf;
 #endif
 
 	switch (key)
 	{
+#if OS2
+	/*
+	 * If windowid is not NULL, assume less is executed in 
+	 * the XFree86 environment.
+	 */
+	case SK_RIGHT_ARROW:
+		s = windowid ? ltgetstr("kr", &sp) : k_right;
+		break;
+	case SK_LEFT_ARROW:
+		s = windowid ? ltgetstr("kl", &sp) : k_left;
+		break;
+	case SK_UP_ARROW:
+		s = windowid ? ltgetstr("ku", &sp) : k_up;
+		break;
+	case SK_DOWN_ARROW:
+		s = windowid ? ltgetstr("kd", &sp) : k_down;
+		break;
+	case SK_PAGE_UP:
+		s = windowid ? ltgetstr("kP", &sp) : k_pageup;
+		break;
+	case SK_PAGE_DOWN:
+		s = windowid ? ltgetstr("kN", &sp) : k_pagedown;
+		break;
+	case SK_HOME:
+		s = windowid ? ltgetstr("kh", &sp) : k_home;
+		break;
+	case SK_END:
+		s = windowid ? ltgetstr("@7", &sp) : k_end;
+		break;
+	case SK_DELETE:
+		if (windowid)
+		{
+			s = ltgetstr("kD", &sp);
+			if (s == NULL)
+			{
+				tbuf[0] = '\177';
+				tbuf[1] = '\0';
+				s = tbuf;
+			}
+		} else
+			s = k_delete;
+		break;
+#endif
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER
 	case SK_RIGHT_ARROW:
 		s = k_right;
@@ -882,6 +953,8 @@ special_key_str(key)
 	case SK_DELETE:
 		s = k_delete;
 		break;
+#endif
+#if MSDOS_COMPILER || OS2
 	case SK_INSERT:
 		s = k_insert;
 		break;
@@ -1426,21 +1499,15 @@ win32_deinit_term()
 	public void
 init()
 {
-	if (no_init)
-	{
-#if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
-		/* no_init or not, never trash win32 console colors. */
-		initcolor();
-		flush();
-#endif
-		return;
-	}
 #if !MSDOS_COMPILER
-	tputs(sc_init, sc_height, putchr);
-	tputs(sc_s_keypad, sc_height, putchr);
+	if (!no_init)
+		tputs(sc_init, sc_height, putchr);
+	if (!no_keypad)
+		tputs(sc_s_keypad, sc_height, putchr);
 #else
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
-	win32_init_term();
+	if (!no_init)
+		win32_init_term();
 #endif
 	initcolor();
 	flush();
@@ -1454,24 +1521,22 @@ init()
 	public void
 deinit()
 {
-	if (no_init)
-	{
-#if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
-		/* no_init or not, never trash win32 console colors. */
-		SETCOLORS(sy_fg_color, sy_bg_color);
-#endif
-		return;
-	}
-
 	if (!init_done)
 		return;
 #if !MSDOS_COMPILER
-	tputs(sc_e_keypad, sc_height, putchr);
-	tputs(sc_deinit, sc_height, putchr);
+	if (!no_keypad)
+		tputs(sc_e_keypad, sc_height, putchr);
+	if (!no_init)
+		tputs(sc_deinit, sc_height, putchr);
 #else
+	/* Restore system colors. */
 	SETCOLORS(sy_fg_color, sy_bg_color);
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
-	win32_deinit_term();
+	if (!no_init)
+		win32_deinit_term();
+#else
+	/* Need clreol to make SETCOLORS take effect. */
+	clreol();
 #endif
 #endif
 	init_done = 0;
@@ -1547,6 +1612,7 @@ add_line()
 #endif
 }
 
+#if 0
 /*
  * Remove the n topmost lines and scroll everything below it in the 
  * window upward.  This is needed to stop leaking the topmost line 
@@ -1600,6 +1666,105 @@ remove_top(n)
 	goto_line(sc_height - n - 1);
 #endif
 }
+#endif
+
+#if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
+/*
+ * Clear the screen.
+ */
+	static void
+win32_clear()
+{
+	/*
+	 * This will clear only the currently visible rows of the NT
+	 * console buffer, which means none of the precious scrollback
+	 * rows are touched making for faster scrolling.  Note that, if
+	 * the window has fewer columns than the console buffer (i.e.
+	 * there is a horizontal scrollbar as well), the entire width
+	 * of the visible rows will be cleared.
+	 */
+	COORD topleft;
+	DWORD nchars;
+	DWORD winsz;
+	CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
+
+	/* get the number of cells in the current buffer */
+	GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(con_out, &csbi);
+	winsz = csbi.dwSize.X * (csbi.srWindow.Bottom - csbi.srWindow.Top + 1);
+	topleft.X = 0;
+	topleft.Y = csbi.srWindow.Top;
+
+	curr_attr = MAKEATTR(nm_fg_color, nm_bg_color);
+	FillConsoleOutputCharacter(con_out, ' ', winsz, topleft, &nchars);
+	FillConsoleOutputAttribute(con_out, curr_attr, winsz, topleft, &nchars);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove the n topmost lines and scroll everything below it in the 
+ * window upward.
+ */
+	public void
+win32_scroll_up(n)
+	int n;
+{
+	SMALL_RECT rcSrc, rcClip;
+	CHAR_INFO fillchar;
+	COORD topleft;
+	COORD new_org;
+	DWORD nchars;
+	DWORD size;
+	CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
+
+	if (n <= 0)
+		return;
+
+	if (n >= sc_height - 1)
+	{
+		win32_clear();
+		_settextposition(1,1);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Get the extent of what will remain visible after scrolling. */
+	GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(con_out, &csbi);
+	rcSrc.Left    = csbi.srWindow.Left;
+	rcSrc.Top     = csbi.srWindow.Top + n;
+	rcSrc.Right   = csbi.srWindow.Right;
+	rcSrc.Bottom  = csbi.srWindow.Bottom;
+
+	/* Get the clip rectangle. */
+	rcClip.Left   = rcSrc.Left;
+	rcClip.Top    = csbi.srWindow.Top;
+	rcClip.Right  = rcSrc.Right;
+	rcClip.Bottom = rcSrc.Bottom ;
+
+	/* Move the source text to the top of the screen. */
+	new_org.X = rcSrc.Left;
+	new_org.Y = 0;
+
+	/* Fill the right character and attributes. */
+	fillchar.Char.AsciiChar = ' ';
+	fillchar.Attributes = MAKEATTR(nm_fg_color, nm_bg_color);
+
+	/* Scroll the window. */
+	SetConsoleTextAttribute(con_out, fillchar.Attributes);
+	ScrollConsoleScreenBuffer(con_out, &rcSrc, &rcClip, new_org, &fillchar);
+
+	/* Clear remaining lines at bottom. */
+	topleft.X = csbi.dwCursorPosition.X;
+	topleft.Y = rcSrc.Bottom - n;
+	size = (n * csbi.dwSize.X) + (rcSrc.Right - topleft.X);
+	FillConsoleOutputCharacter(con_out, ' ', size, topleft,
+		&nchars);
+	FillConsoleOutputAttribute(con_out, fillchar.Attributes, size, topleft,
+		&nchars);
+	SetConsoleTextAttribute(con_out, curr_attr);
+
+	/* Move cursor n lines up from where it was. */
+	csbi.dwCursorPosition.Y -= n;
+	SetConsoleCursorPosition(con_out, csbi.dwCursorPosition);
+}
+#endif
 
 /*
  * Move cursor to lower left corner of screen.
@@ -1795,7 +1960,7 @@ vbell()
 beep()
 {
 #if !MSDOS_COMPILER
-	putchr('\7');
+	putchr(CONTROL('G'));
 #else
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
 	MessageBeep(0);
@@ -1828,30 +1993,7 @@ clear()
 #else
 	flush();
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
-	/*
-	 * This will clear only the currently visible rows of the NT
-	 * console buffer, which means none of the precious scrollback
-	 * rows are touched making for faster scrolling.  Note that, if
-	 * the window has fewer columns than the console buffer (i.e.
-	 * there is a horizontal scrollbar as well), the entire width
-	 * of the visible rows will be cleared.
-	 */
-    {
-	COORD topleft;
-	DWORD nchars;
-	DWORD winsz;
-	CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
-
-	/* get the number of cells in the current buffer */
-	GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(con_out, &csbi);
-	winsz = csbi.dwSize.X * (csbi.srWindow.Bottom - csbi.srWindow.Top + 1);
-	topleft.X = 0;
-	topleft.Y = csbi.srWindow.Top;
-
-	curr_attr = MAKEATTR(nm_fg_color, nm_bg_color);
-	FillConsoleOutputCharacter(con_out, ' ', winsz, topleft, &nchars);
-	FillConsoleOutputAttribute(con_out, curr_attr, winsz, topleft, &nchars);
-    }
+	win32_clear();
 #else
 	_clearscreen(_GCLEARSCREEN);
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/less/scrsize.c b/contrib/less/scrsize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f28c73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/less/scrsize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 1984-2001  Mark Nudelman
+ *
+ * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
+ * License or the Less License, as specified in the README file.
+ *
+ * For more information about less, or for information on how to 
+ * contact the author, see the README file.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This program is used to determine the screen dimensions on OS/2 systems.
+ * Adapted from code written by Kyosuke Tokoro (NBG01720@nifty.ne.jp).
+ */
+
+/*
+ * When I wrote this routine, I consulted some part of the source code 
+ * of the xwininfo utility by X Consortium.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, X Consortium
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+ * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+ * deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+ * rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+ * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+ * X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+ * be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+ * dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X
+ * Consortium.
+ */
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+static int get_winsize(dpy, window, p_width, p_height)
+	Display *dpy;
+	Window window;
+	int *p_width;
+	int *p_height;
+{
+	XWindowAttributes win_attributes;
+	XSizeHints hints;
+	long longjunk;
+
+	if (!XGetWindowAttributes(dpy, window, &win_attributes))
+		return 1;
+	if (!XGetWMNormalHints(dpy, window, &hints, &longjunk))
+		return 1;
+	if (!(hints.flags & PResizeInc))
+		return 1;
+	if (hints.width_inc == 0 || hints.height_inc == 0)
+		return 1;
+	if (!(hints.flags & (PBaseSize|PMinSize)))
+		return 1;
+	if (hints.flags & PBaseSize)
+	{
+		win_attributes.width -= hints.base_width;
+		win_attributes.height -= hints.base_height;
+	} else
+	{
+		win_attributes.width -= hints.min_width;
+		win_attributes.height -= hints.min_height;
+	}
+	*p_width = win_attributes.width / hints.width_inc;
+	*p_height = win_attributes.height / hints.height_inc;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int main(argc, argv)
+	int argc;
+	char *argv[];
+{
+	char *cp;
+	Display *dpy;
+	int size[2];
+
+	_scrsize(size);
+	cp = getenv("WINDOWID");
+	if (cp != NULL)
+	{
+		dpy = XOpenDisplay(NULL);
+		if (dpy != NULL)
+		{
+			get_winsize(dpy, (Window) atol(cp), &size[0], &size[1]);
+			XCloseDisplay(dpy);
+		}
+	}
+	printf("%i %i\n", size[0], size[1]);
+	return (0);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/less/search.c b/contrib/less/search.c
index 1aff4df..31133fb 100644
--- a/contrib/less/search.c
+++ b/contrib/less/search.c
@@ -1341,21 +1341,3 @@ regerror(s)
 }
 #endif
 
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR
-/*
- * strchr is used by regexp.c.
- */
-	char *
-strchr(s, c)
-	char *s;
-	int c;
-{
-	for ( ;  *s != '\0';  s++)
-		if (*s == c)
-			return (s);
-	if (c == '\0')
-		return (s);
-	return (NULL);
-}
-#endif
-
diff --git a/contrib/less/tags.c b/contrib/less/tags.c
index cf531a6..e559e77 100644
--- a/contrib/less/tags.c
+++ b/contrib/less/tags.c
@@ -17,18 +17,154 @@
 
 public char *tags = "tags";
 
-static char *tagfile;
-static char *tagpattern;
-static int taglinenum;
-static int tagendline;
+static int total;
+static int curseq;
 
 extern int linenums;
 extern int sigs;
-extern int jump_sline;
+
+enum tag_result {
+	TAG_FOUND,
+	TAG_NOFILE,
+	TAG_NOTAG,
+	TAG_NOTYPE,
+	TAG_INTR
+};
+
+/*
+ * Tag type
+ */
+enum {
+	T_CTAGS,	/* 'tags': standard and extended format (ctags) */
+	T_CTAGS_X,	/* stdin: cross reference format (ctags) */
+	T_GTAGS,	/* 'GTAGS': function defenition (global) */
+	T_GRTAGS,	/* 'GRTAGS': function reference (global) */
+	T_GSYMS,	/* 'GSYMS': other symbols (global) */
+	T_GPATH		/* 'GPATH': path name (global) */
+};
+
+static enum tag_result findctag();
+static enum tag_result findgtag();
+static char *nextgtag();
+static char *prevgtag();
+static POSITION ctagsearch();
+static POSITION gtagsearch();
+static int getentry();
+
+/*
+ * The list of tags generated by the last findgtag() call.
+ *
+ * Use either pattern or line number.
+ * findgtag() always uses line number, so pattern is always NULL.
+ * findctag() usually either pattern (in which case line number is 0),
+ * or line number (in which case pattern is NULL).
+ */
+struct taglist {
+	struct tag *tl_first;
+	struct tag *tl_last;
+};
+#define TAG_END  ((struct tag *) &taglist)
+static struct taglist taglist = { TAG_END, TAG_END };
+struct tag {
+	struct tag *next, *prev; /* List links */
+	char *tag_file;		/* Source file containing the tag */
+	int tag_linenum;	/* Appropriate line number in source file */
+	char *tag_pattern;	/* Pattern used to find the tag */
+	char tag_endline;	/* True if the pattern includes '$' */
+};
+static struct tag *curtag;
+
+#define TAG_INS(tp) \
+	(tp)->next = taglist.tl_first; \
+	(tp)->prev = TAG_END; \
+	taglist.tl_first->prev = (tp); \
+	taglist.tl_first = (tp);
+
+#define TAG_RM(tp) \
+	(tp)->next->prev = (tp)->prev; \
+	(tp)->prev->next = (tp)->next;
+
+/*
+ * Delete tag structures.
+ */
+	public void
+cleantags()
+{
+	register struct tag *tp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Delete any existing tag list.
+	 * {{ Ideally, we wouldn't do this until after we know that we
+	 *    can load some other tag information. }}
+	 */
+	while ((tp = taglist.tl_first) != TAG_END)
+	{
+		TAG_RM(tp);
+		free(tp);
+	}
+	curtag = NULL;
+	total = curseq = 0;
+}
 
 /*
+ * Create a new tag entry.
+ */
+	static struct tag *
+maketagent(name, file, linenum, pattern, endline)
+	char *name;
+	char *file;
+	int linenum;
+	char *pattern;
+	int endline;
+{
+	register struct tag *tp;
+
+	tp = (struct tag *) ecalloc(sizeof(struct tag), 1);
+	tp->tag_file = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(file) + 1, sizeof(char));
+	strcpy(tp->tag_file, file);
+	tp->tag_linenum = linenum;
+	tp->tag_endline = endline;
+	if (pattern == NULL)
+		tp->tag_pattern = NULL;
+	else
+	{
+		tp->tag_pattern = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(pattern) + 1, sizeof(char));
+		strcpy(tp->tag_pattern, pattern);
+	}
+	return (tp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get tag mode.
+ */
+	public int
+gettagtype()
+{
+	int f;
+
+	if (strcmp(tags, "GTAGS") == 0)
+		return T_GTAGS;
+	if (strcmp(tags, "GRTAGS") == 0)
+		return T_GRTAGS;
+	if (strcmp(tags, "GSYMS") == 0)
+		return T_GSYMS;
+	if (strcmp(tags, "GPATH") == 0)
+		return T_GPATH;
+	if (strcmp(tags, "-") == 0)
+		return T_CTAGS_X;
+	f = open(tags, OPEN_READ);
+	if (f >= 0)
+	{
+		close(f);
+		return T_CTAGS;
+	}
+	return T_GTAGS;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find tags in tag file.
  * Find a tag in the "tags" file.
- * Sets "tagfile" to the name of the file containing the tag,
+ * Sets "tag_file" to the name of the file containing the tag,
  * and "tagpattern" to the search pattern which should be used
  * to find the tag.
  */
@@ -36,24 +172,122 @@ extern int jump_sline;
 findtag(tag)
 	register char *tag;
 {
+	int type = gettagtype();
+	enum tag_result result;
+
+	if (type == T_CTAGS)
+		result = findctag(tag);
+	else
+		result = findgtag(tag, type);
+	switch (result)
+	{
+	case TAG_FOUND:
+	case TAG_INTR:
+		break;
+	case TAG_NOFILE:
+		error("No tags file", NULL_PARG);
+		break;
+	case TAG_NOTAG:
+		error("No such tag in tags file", NULL_PARG);
+		break;
+	case TAG_NOTYPE:
+		error("unknown tag type", NULL_PARG);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Search for a tag.
+ */
+	public POSITION
+tagsearch()
+{
+	if (curtag == NULL)
+		return (NULL_POSITION);  /* No gtags loaded! */
+	if (curtag->tag_linenum != 0)
+		return gtagsearch();
+	else
+		return ctagsearch();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Go to the next tag.
+ */
+	public char *
+nexttag(n)
+	int n;
+{
+	char *tagfile;
+
+	while (n-- > 0)
+		tagfile = nextgtag();
+	return tagfile;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Go to the previous tag.
+ */
+	public char *
+prevtag(n)
+	int n;
+{
+	char *tagfile;
+
+	while (n-- > 0)
+		tagfile = prevgtag();
+	return tagfile;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the total number of tags.
+ */
+	public int
+ntags()
+{
+	return total;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the sequence number of current tag.
+ */
+	public int
+curr_tag()
+{
+	return curseq;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * ctags
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Find tags in the "tags" file.
+ * Sets curtag to the first tag entry.
+ */
+	static enum tag_result
+findctag(tag)
+	register char *tag;
+{
 	char *p;
-	char *q;
 	register FILE *f;
 	register int taglen;
+	register int taglinenum;
+	char *tagfile;
+	char *tagpattern;
+	int tagendline;
 	int search_char;
 	int err;
 	char tline[TAGLINE_SIZE];
+	struct tag *tp;
 
 	p = unquote_file(tags);
 	f = fopen(p, "r");
 	free(p);
 	if (f == NULL)
-	{
-		error("No tags file", NULL_PARG);
-		tagfile = NULL;
-		return;
-	}
+		return TAG_NOFILE;
 
+	cleantags();
+	total = 0;
 	taglen = strlen(tag);
 
 	/*
@@ -61,6 +295,9 @@ findtag(tag)
 	 */
 	while (fgets(tline, sizeof(tline), f) != NULL)
 	{
+		if (tline[0] == '!')
+			/* Skip header of extended format. */
+			continue;
 		if (strncmp(tag, tline, taglen) != 0 || !WHITESP(tline[taglen]))
 			continue;
 
@@ -72,8 +309,7 @@ findtag(tag)
 		 * or a search pattern surrounded by a pair of delimiters.
 		 * Parse the line and extract these parts.
 		 */
-		tagfile = tagpattern = NULL;
-		taglinenum = 0;
+		tagpattern = NULL;
 
 		/*
 		 * Skip over the whitespace after the tag name.
@@ -95,7 +331,6 @@ findtag(tag)
 		if (*p == '\0')
 			/* Pattern is missing! */
 			continue;
-		tagfile = save(tagfile);
 
 		/*
 		 * First see if it is a line number. 
@@ -113,39 +348,39 @@ findtag(tag)
 			search_char = *p++;
 			if (*p == '^')
 				p++;
-			tagpattern = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(p)+1, sizeof(char));
-			q = tagpattern;
+			tagpattern = p;
 			while (*p != search_char && *p != '\0')
 			{
 				if (*p == '\\')
 					p++;
-				*q++ = *p++;
+				p++;
 			}
-			tagendline = (q[-1] == '$');
+			tagendline = (p[-1] == '$');
 			if (tagendline)
-				q--;
-			*q = '\0';
+				p--;
+			*p = '\0';
 		}
-
-		fclose(f);
-		return;
+		tp = maketagent(tag, tagfile, taglinenum, tagpattern, tagendline);
+		TAG_INS(tp);
+		total++;
 	}
 	fclose(f);
-	error("No such tag in tags file", NULL_PARG);
-	tagfile = NULL;
+	if (total == 0)
+		return TAG_NOTAG;
+	curtag = taglist.tl_first;
+	curseq = 1;
+	return TAG_FOUND;
 }
 
+/*
+ * Edit current tagged file.
+ */
 	public int
 edit_tagfile()
 {
-	int r;
-
-	if (tagfile == NULL)
+	if (curtag == NULL)
 		return (1);
-	r = edit(tagfile);
-	free(tagfile);
-	tagfile = NULL;
-	return (r);
+	return (edit(curtag->tag_file));
 }
 
 /*
@@ -157,21 +392,14 @@ edit_tagfile()
  *	regcmp vs. re_comp) behave differently in the presence of 
  *	parentheses (which are almost always found in a tag).
  */
-	public POSITION
-tagsearch()
+	static POSITION
+ctagsearch()
 {
 	POSITION pos, linepos;
 	int linenum;
 	int len;
 	char *line;
 
-	/*
-	 * If we have the line number of the tag instead of the pattern,
-	 * just use find_pos.
-	 */
-	if (taglinenum)
-		return (find_pos(taglinenum));
-
 	pos = ch_zero();
 	linenum = find_linenum(pos);
 
@@ -217,15 +445,311 @@ tagsearch()
 		 * If tagendline is set, make sure we match all
 		 * the way to end of line (no extra chars after the match).
 		 */
-		len = strlen(tagpattern);
-		if (strncmp(tagpattern, line, len) == 0 &&
-		    (!tagendline || line[len] == '\0' || line[len] == '\r'))
+		len = strlen(curtag->tag_pattern);
+		if (strncmp(curtag->tag_pattern, line, len) == 0 &&
+		    (!curtag->tag_endline || line[len] == '\0' || line[len] == '\r'))
+		{
+			curtag->tag_linenum = find_linenum(linepos);
 			break;
+		}
 	}
 
-	free(tagpattern);
-	tagpattern = NULL;
 	return (linepos);
 }
 
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * gtags
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Find tags in the GLOBAL's tag file.
+ * The findgtag() will try and load information about the requested tag.
+ * It does this by calling "global -x tag" and storing the parsed output
+ * for future use by gtagsearch().
+ * Sets curtag to the first tag entry.
+ */
+	static enum tag_result
+findgtag(tag, type)
+	char *tag;		/* tag to load */
+	int type;		/* tags type */
+{
+	char buf[256];
+	FILE *fp;
+	struct tag *tp;
+
+	if (type != T_CTAGS_X && tag == NULL)
+		return TAG_NOFILE;
+
+	cleantags();
+	total = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * If type == T_CTAGS_X then read ctags's -x format from stdin
+	 * else execute global(1) and read from it.
+	 */
+	if (type == T_CTAGS_X)
+	{
+		fp = stdin;
+		/* Set tag default because we cannot read stdin again. */
+		tags = "tags";
+	} else
+	{
+#if !HAVE_POPEN
+		return TAG_NOFILE;
+#else
+		char command[512];
+		char *flag;
+		char *cmd = lgetenv("LESSGLOBALTAGS");
+
+		if (cmd == NULL || *cmd == '\0')
+			return TAG_NOFILE;
+		/* Get suitable flag value for global(1). */
+		switch (type)
+		{
+		case T_GTAGS:
+			flag = "" ;
+			break;
+		case T_GRTAGS:
+			flag = "r";
+			break;
+		case T_GSYMS:
+			flag = "s";
+			break;
+		case T_GPATH:
+			flag = "P";
+			break;
+		default:
+			return TAG_NOTYPE;
+		}
+
+		/* Get our data from global(1). */
+		tag = esc_metachars(tag);
+		sprintf(command, "%s -x%s %s", cmd, flag, tag);
+		free(tag);
+		fp = popen(command, "r");
+#endif
+	}
+	if (fp != NULL)
+	{
+		while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp))
+		{
+			char *name, *file, *line;
+
+			if (sigs)
+			{
+#if HAVE_POPEN
+				if (fp != stdin)
+					pclose(fp);
+#endif
+				return TAG_INTR;
+			}
+			if (buf[strlen(buf) - 1] == '\n')
+				buf[strlen(buf) - 1] = 0;
+			else
+			{
+				int c;
+				do {
+					c = fgetc(fp);
+				} while (c != '\n' && c != EOF);
+			}
+
+ 			if (getentry(buf, &name, &file, &line))
+			{
+				/*
+				 * Couldn't parse this line for some reason.
+				 * We'll just pretend it never happened.
+				 */
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/* Make new entry and add to list. */
+			tp = maketagent(name, file, atoi(line), NULL, 0);
+			TAG_INS(tp);
+			total++;
+		}
+		if (fp != stdin)
+		{
+			if (pclose(fp))
+			{
+				curtag = NULL;
+				total = curseq = 0;
+				return TAG_NOFILE;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Check to see if we found anything. */
+	tp = taglist.tl_first;
+	if (tp == TAG_END)
+		return TAG_NOTAG;
+	curtag = tp;
+	curseq = 1;
+	return TAG_FOUND;
+}
+
+static int circular = 0;	/* 1: circular tag structure */
+
+/*
+ * Return the filename required for the next gtag in the queue that was setup
+ * by findgtag().  The next call to gtagsearch() will try to position at the
+ * appropriate tag.
+ */
+	static char *
+nextgtag()
+{
+	struct tag *tp;
+
+	if (curtag == NULL)
+		/* No tag loaded */
+		return NULL;
+
+	tp = curtag->next;
+	if (tp == TAG_END)
+	{
+		if (!circular)
+			return NULL;
+		/* Wrapped around to the head of the queue */
+		curtag = taglist.tl_first;
+		curseq = 1;
+	} else
+	{
+		curtag = tp;
+		curseq++;
+	}
+	return (curtag->tag_file);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the filename required for the previous gtag in the queue that was
+ * setup by findgtat().  The next call to gtagsearch() will try to position
+ * at the appropriate tag.
+ */
+	static char *
+prevgtag()
+{
+	struct tag *tp;
+
+	if (curtag == NULL)
+		/* No tag loaded */
+		return NULL;
+
+	tp = curtag->prev;
+	if (tp == TAG_END)
+	{
+		if (!circular)
+			return NULL;
+		/* Wrapped around to the tail of the queue */
+		curtag = taglist.tl_last;
+		curseq = total;
+	} else
+	{
+		curtag = tp;
+		curseq--;
+	}
+	return (curtag->tag_file);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Position the current file at at what is hopefully the tag that was chosen
+ * using either findtag() or one of nextgtag() and prevgtag().  Returns -1
+ * if it was unable to position at the tag, 0 if succesful.
+ */
+	static POSITION
+gtagsearch()
+{
+	if (curtag == NULL)
+		return (NULL_POSITION);  /* No gtags loaded! */
+	return (find_pos(curtag->tag_linenum));
+}
+
+/*
+ * The getentry() parses both standard and extended ctags -x format.
+ *
+ * [standard format]
+ * <tag>   <lineno>  <file>         <image>
+ * +------------------------------------------------
+ * |main     30      main.c         main(argc, argv)
+ * |func     21      subr.c         func(arg)
+ *
+ * The following commands write this format.
+ *	o Traditinal Ctags with -x option
+ *	o Global with -x option
+ *		See <http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html>
+ *
+ * [extended format]
+ * <tag>   <type>  <lineno>   <file>        <image>
+ * +----------------------------------------------------------
+ * |main     function 30      main.c         main(argc, argv)
+ * |func     function 21      subr.c         func(arg)
+ *
+ * The following commands write this format.
+ *	o Exuberant Ctags with -x option
+ *		See <http://ctags.sourceforge.net>
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ * The tag, file, and line will each be NUL-terminated pointers
+ * into buf.
+ */
+
+#ifndef isspace
+#define isspace(c)	((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t' || (c) == '\n' || (c) == '\r' || (c) == '\f')
+#endif
+#ifndef isdigit
+#define isdigit(c)	((c) >= '0' && (c <= '9'))
+#endif
+
+	static int
+getentry(buf, tag, file, line)
+	char *buf;	/* standard or extended ctags -x format data */
+	char **tag;	/* name of the tag we actually found */
+	char **file;	/* file in which to find this tag */
+	char **line;	/* line number of file where this tag is found */
+{
+	char *p = buf;
+
+	for (*tag = p;  *p && !isspace(*p);  p++)	/* tag name */
+		;
+	if (*p == 0)
+		return (-1);
+	*p++ = 0;
+	for ( ;  *p && isspace(*p);  p++)		/* (skip blanks) */
+		;
+	if (*p == 0)
+		return (-1);
+	/*
+	 * If the second part begin with other than digit,
+	 * it is assumed tag type. Skip it.
+	 */
+	if (!isdigit(*p))
+	{
+		for ( ;  *p && !isspace(*p);  p++)	/* (skip tag type) */
+			;
+		for (;  *p && isspace(*p);  p++)	/* (skip blanks) */
+			;
+	}
+	if (!isdigit(*p))
+		return (-1);
+	*line = p;					/* line number */
+	for (*line = p;  *p && !isspace(*p);  p++)
+		;
+	if (*p == 0)
+		return (-1);
+	*p++ = 0;
+	for ( ; *p && isspace(*p);  p++)		/* (skip blanks) */
+		;
+	if (*p == 0)
+		return (-1);
+	*file = p;					/* file name */
+	for (*file = p;  *p && !isspace(*p);  p++)
+		;
+	if (*p == 0)
+		return (-1);
+	*p = 0;
+
+	/* value check */
+	if (strlen(*tag) && strlen(*line) && strlen(*file) && atoi(*line) > 0)
+		return (0);
+	return (-1);
+}
+  
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/less/ttyin.c b/contrib/less/ttyin.c
index ef87e25..b342ed9 100644
--- a/contrib/less/ttyin.c
+++ b/contrib/less/ttyin.c
@@ -14,6 +14,10 @@
  */
 
 #include "less.h"
+#if OS2
+#include "cmd.h"
+#include "pckeys.h"
+#endif
 #if MSDOS_COMPILER==WIN32C
 #include "windows.h"
 extern char WIN32getch();
@@ -42,7 +46,7 @@ open_getchr()
 	/* Make sure we get Ctrl+C events. */
 	SetConsoleMode((HANDLE)tty, ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT);
 #else
-#if MSDOS_COMPILER || OS2
+#if MSDOS_COMPILER
 	extern int fd0;
 	/*
 	 * Open a new handle to CON: in binary mode 
@@ -65,7 +69,12 @@ open_getchr()
 	 * which in Unix is usually attached to the screen,
 	 * but also usually lets you read from the keyboard.
 	 */
+#if OS2
+	/* The __open() system call translates "/dev/tty" to "con". */
+	tty = __open("/dev/tty", OPEN_READ);
+#else
 	tty = open("/dev/tty", OPEN_READ);
+#endif
 	if (tty < 0)
 		tty = 2;
 #endif
@@ -111,30 +120,6 @@ getchr()
 		if (c == '\003')
 			return (READ_INTR);
 #else
-#if OS2
-	{
-		static int scan = -1;
-		flush();
-		if (scan >= 0)
-		{
-			c = scan;
-			scan = -1;
-		} else
-		{
-			if ((c = _read_kbd(0, 1, 0)) == -1)
-				return (READ_INTR);
-			if (c == '\0')
-			{
-				/*
-				 * Zero is usually followed by another byte,
-				 * since certain keys send two bytes.
-				 */
-				scan = _read_kbd(0, 0, 0);
-			}
-		}
-		result = 1;
-	}
-#else
 		result = iread(tty, &c, sizeof(char));
 		if (result == READ_INTR)
 			return (READ_INTR);
@@ -147,7 +132,6 @@ getchr()
 			quit(QUIT_ERROR);
 		}
 #endif
-#endif
 		/*
 		 * Various parts of the program cannot handle
 		 * an input character of '\0'.
diff --git a/contrib/less/version.c b/contrib/less/version.c
index d43d0ff..32a3c88 100644
--- a/contrib/less/version.c
+++ b/contrib/less/version.c
@@ -600,6 +600,31 @@ v356   7/5/00	Add -J option.
 v357   7/6/00	Support sigprocmask.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------
 v358   7/8/00	Fix problems with #stop in lesskey file.
+		Posted to Web page.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+v359  9/10/00	Fixes for Win32 display problems (thanks to Maurizio Vairani).
+v360  1/17/01	Move sysless to etc.
+v361  12/4/01	Add IBM-1047 charset & EBCDIC fixes (thanks to Thomas Dorner).
+		Fix 32 bit dependencies (thanks to Paul Eggert).
+		Fix UTF-8 overstriking (thanks to Robert Brady).
+v362  12/4/01	Make status column show search targets.
+v363  12/6/01	Add --no-keypad option.
+		Add variable width tabstops (thanks to Peter Samuelson).
+v364 12/10/01	Better handling of very long lines in input;
+		Fix horizontal shifting of colored text.
+v365 12/11/01	Fix overstriking of tabs;
+		Add support for global(1) and multiple tag matches
+		(thanks to Shigio Yamaguchi and Tim Vanderhoek).
+v366 12/11/01	Fixes for OS/2 (thanks to Kyosuke Tokoro).
+v367 12/13/01	Allow -D and -x options to terminate without dollar sign;
+		Right/left arrow when entering N are shift cmds, not line edit.
+v368 12/18/01	Update lesskey commands.
+v370 12/23/01	Fix tags error messages.
+		Posted to Web page.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+v371 12/26/01	Fix new_file bug; use popen in Windows version;
+		fix some compiler warnings.
+
 */
 
-char version[] = "358";
+char version[] = "371";